Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-16577

 

 

LOGO

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter).

 

 

 

Michigan    38-3150651
(State or other jurisdiction of    (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)    Identification No.)
5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan    48098-2639
(Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip code)

(248) 312-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past ninety days.     Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨    No  x.

As of November 4, 2011, 555,238,146 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were issued and outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

FORWARD – LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements, by their nature, involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in a forward-looking statement. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, plans, goals, objectives and future financial or other performance. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except to fulfill our obligations under the U.S. securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any such statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made.

There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include:

 

  (1) Volatile interest rates that impact, amongst other things, (i) the mortgage banking business, (ii) our ability to originate loans and sell assets at a profit, (iii) prepayment speeds and (iv) our cost of funds, could adversely affect earnings, growth opportunities and our ability to pay dividends to stockholders;

 

  (2) Our ability to maintain capital levels;

 

  (3) Competitive factors for loans could negatively impact gain on loan sale margins;

 

  (4) Competition from banking and non-banking companies for deposits and loans can affect our growth opportunities, earnings, gain on sale margins, market share and ability to transform business model;

 

  (5) Changes in the regulation of financial services companies and government-sponsored housing enterprises, and in particular, declines in the liquidity of the mortgage loan secondary market, could adversely affect our business;

 

  (6) Changes in regulatory capital requirements or an inability to achieve desired capital ratios could adversely affect our growth and earnings opportunities and our ability to originate certain types of loans, as well as our ability to sell certain types of assets for fair market value or to transform business model;

 

  (7) General business and economic conditions, including unemployment rates, further movements in interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, any increase in fraud and other criminal activity and the further decline of asset values in certain geographic markets, may significantly affect our business activities, loan losses, reserves, earnings and business prospects;

 

  (8) Factors concerning the implementation of proposed enhancements and transformation of our business model could result in slower implementation times than we anticipate and negate any competitive advantage that we may enjoy;

 

  (9) Actions of mortgage loan purchasers, guarantors and insurers regarding repurchases and indemnity demands and uncertainty related to foreclosure procedures could adversely affect our business activities and earnings;

 

  (10) The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act has resulted in the elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision, tightening of capital standards, and the creation of a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and has resulted, or will result, in new laws, regulations and regulatory supervisors that are expected to increase our costs of operations. In addition, the change to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency as our primary federal regulator may result in interpretations different than those of the Office of Thrift Supervision;

 

  (11) Both the volume and the nature of consumer actions and other forms of litigation against financial institutions has increased and to the extent that such actions are brought against us, the cost of defending such suits as well as potential exposure could increase our costs of operations;

 

  (12) The recent downgrade by Standards & Poor’s of the long-term credit rating of the U.S. could materially affect global and domestic financial markets and economic conditions, which may affect our business activities, financial condition, and liquidity;

 

  (13) The Georgia and Indiana branch sales are subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions. Because of business, economic or market conditions or for any other reasons within or outside of our discretion, the sale of our Georgia and Indiana branches may not result in the anticipated gain or loss and may not be consummated in a timely manner or at all; and

 

1


Table of Contents
  (14) If we do not regain compliance with the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) continued listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted from the NYSE.

All of the above factors are difficult to predict, contain uncertainties that may materially affect actual results, and may be beyond our control. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all such factors or to assess the effect of each such factor on our business.

Please also refer to Item 1A to Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and Item 1A to Part II of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which are incorporated by reference herein, for further information on these and other factors affecting us.

Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate, and therefore any of these statements included herein may prove to be inaccurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the results or conditions described in such statements or our objectives and plans will be achieved.

 

2


Table of Contents

FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.

FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I. – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    4   

Item 1.

  Financial Statements     4   

Item 2.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     47   

Item 3.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     90   

Item 4.

  Controls and Procedures     91   

PART II. – OTHER INFORMATION

    92   

Item 1.

  Legal Proceedings     92   

Item 1A.  

  Risk Factors     92   

Item 2.

  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds     92   

Item 3.

  Defaults upon Senior Securities     92   

Item 4.

  (Removed and Reserved)     92   

Item 5.

  Other Information     92   

Item 6.

  Exhibits     93   

SIGNATURES

    94   

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of the Company are as follows:

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition – September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010

Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss – For the nine months ended

September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

4


Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     September 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
     (Unaudited)  

Assets

    

Cash and cash items

   $ 63,288      $ 60,039   

Interest-earning deposits

     839,510        893,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     902,798        953,534   

Securities classified as trading

     312,766        160,775   

Securities classified as available-for-sale

     521,259        475,225   

Loans available-for-sale ($1,939,780 and $2,343,638 at fair value at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively)

     2,080,926        2,585,200   

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     1,745,974        1,674,752   

Loans held-for-investment ($22,787 and $19,011 at fair value at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively)

     6,821,737        6,305,483   

Less: allowance for loan losses

     (282,000     (274,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment, net

     6,539,737        6,031,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     12,040,172        11,820,930   

Accrued interest receivable

     100,442        83,893   

Repossessed assets, net

     113,365        151,085   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     301,737        337,190   

Premises and equipment, net

     250,674        232,203   

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

     437,338        580,299   

Other assets

     427,013        377,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,734,029      $ 13,643,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Deposits

   $ 8,128,258      $ 7,998,099   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     3,615,000        3,725,083   

Long-term debt

     248,585        248,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     11,991,843        11,971,792   

Accrued interest payable

     8,452        12,965   

Secondary market reserve

     85,000        79,400   

Other liabilities

     489,395        319,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     12,574,690        12,383,841   

Commitments and contingencies – Note 20

     —          —     

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock $0.01 par value, liquidation value $1,000 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 266,657 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

     3        3   

Common stock $0.01 par value, 700,000,000 shares authorized; 555,015,011 and 553,313,113 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

     5,550        5,533   

Additional paid in capital – preferred

     253,341        249,193   

Additional paid in capital – common

     1,465,554        1,461,373   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (4,074     (16,165

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (561,035     (440,274
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,159,339        1,259,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 13,734,029      $ 13,643,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Unaudited)  

Interest Income

        

Loans

   $ 109,966      $ 121,834      $ 310,234      $ 354,069   

Securities classified as available-for-sale or trading

     9,626        10,968        26,673        47,069   

Interest-earning deposits and other

     433        505        2,358        1,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     120,025        133,307        339,265        402,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense

        

Deposits

     22,679        40,270        74,603        123,677   

FHLB advances

     30,121        39,816        90,317        123,755   

Security repurchase agreements

     —          —          —          2,750   

Other

     1,611        2,017        4,834        8,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     54,411        82,103        169,754        258,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     65,614        51,204        169,511        144,527   

Provision for loan losses

     36,690        51,399        113,383        200,978   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan losses

     28,924        (195     56,128        (56,451

Non-Interest Income

        

Loan fees and charges

     18,383        24,365        49,233        60,930   

Deposit fees and charges

     7,953        7,585        23,297        24,796   

Loan administration

     (3,478     12,924        66,308        (15,590

Gain on trading securities

     20,385        10,354        20,414        76,702   

Loss on transferors’ interest

     (186     (4,665     (4,825     (11,660

Net gain on loan sales

     103,858        103,211        193,869        220,034   

Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights

     (2,587     (1,195     (5,080     (4,674

Net gain on securities available-for-sale

     —          —          —          6,689   

Net gain on sale of assets

     1,041        —          1,297        —     

Total other-than-temporary impairment gain

     51,003        —          35,993        35,200   

Gain recognized in other comprehensive income before taxes

     (52,325     —          (52,899     (38,877
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

     (1,322     —          (16,906     (3,677

Secondary market reserve – change in estimate

     (38,985     (12,958     (80,776     (51,174

Other fees and charges, net

     7,489        5,267        20,064        14,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     112,551        144,888        266,895        317,217   

Non-Interest Expense

        

Compensation, commissions and benefits

     65,426        59,817        189,894        171,944   

Occupancy and equipment

     17,083        15,757        50,669        47,670   

Asset resolution

     34,515        44,323        95,906        119,569   

Federal insurance premiums

     10,665        8,522        30,180        29,209   

Other taxes

     647        1,964        2,178        3,660   

Warrant income

     (4,202     (1,405     (7,027     (3,664

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —          11,855        —          20,826   

General and administrative

     26,557        21,756        67,044        58,985   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     150,691        162,589        428,844        448,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before federal income taxes

     (9,216     (17,896     (105,821     (187,433

Provision for federal income taxes

     264        —          792        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

     (9,480     (17,896     (106,613     (187,433

Preferred stock dividend/accretion

     (4,719     (4,690     (14,148     (14,059
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stock

   $ (14,199   $ (22,586   $ (120,761   $ (201,492
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share

        

Basic

   $ (0.03   $ (0.15   $ (0.22   $ (1.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.03   $ (0.15   $ (0.22   $ (1.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Preferred
Stock
     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid in
Capital –
Preferred
     Additional
Paid in
Capital –
Common
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 3       $ 469       $ 243,778       $ 447,449      $ (48,263   $ (46,712   $ 596,724   

(Unaudited)

                 

Net loss

     —           —           —           —          —          (187,433     (187,433

Reclassification of gain on sale of securities available-for-sale

     —           —           —           —          (6,689     —          (6,689

Reclassification of loss on securities available-for-sale due to other-than- temporary impairment

     —           —           —           —          3,677        —          3,677   

Change in net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale

     —           —           —           —          31,791        —          31,791   
                 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     —                       (158,654

Issuance of common stock

     —           1,061         —           626,441        —          —          627,502   

Restricted stock issued

     —           —           —           (12     —          —          (12

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —          —          (10,000     (10,000

Accretion of preferred stock

     —           —           4,059         —          —          (4,059     —     

Stock-based compensation

     —           5         —           5,164        —          —          5,169   

Tax effect from stock-based compensation

     —           —           —           —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2010

   $ 3       $ 1,535       $ 247,837       $ 1,079,042      $ (19,484   $ (248,204   $ 1,060,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 3       $ 5,533       $ 249,193       $ 1,461,373      $ (16,165   $ (440,274   $ 1,259,663   

(Unaudited)

                 

Net loss

     —           —           —           —          —          (106,613     (106,613

Reclassification of loss on securities available-for-sale due to other- than-temporary impairment

     —           —           —           —          16,906        —          16,906   

Change in net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale

     —           —           —           —          (4,815     —          (4,815
                 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     —           —           —           —          —          —          (94,522

Restricted stock issued

     —           2         —           (2     —          —          —     

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —          —          (10,000     (10,000

Accretion of preferred stock

     —           —           4,148         —          —          (4,148     —     

Stock-based compensation

     —           15         —           4,183        —          —          4,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

   $ 3       $ 5,550       $ 253,341       $ 1,465,554      $ (4,074   $ (561,035   $ 1,159,339   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

7


Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010  
     (Unaudited)  

Operating Activities

    

Net loss

   $ (106,613   $ (187,433

Adjustments to net loss to net cash used in operating activities

    

Provision for loan losses

     113,383        200,978   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,871        13,748   

Increase in valuation allowance in mortgage servicing rights

     —          961   

Loss on fair value of residential first mortgage servicing rights, net of hedging gains

     60,598        128,036   

Stock-based compensation expense

     4,198        5,169   

Gain on interest rate swap

     —          (728

Net loss on the sale of assets

     208        5,908   

Net gain on loan sales

     (193,869     (220,034

Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights

     5,080        4,674   

Net gain on securities classified as available-for-sale

     —          (6,689

Other than temporary impairment losses on securities classified as available-for-sale

     16,906        3,677   

Net gain on trading securities

     (20,414     (76,702

Net loss on transferor interest

     4,825        11,660   

Proceeds from sales of loans available-for-sale

     17,446,482        18,019,645   

Origination and repurchase of mortgage loans available-for-sale, net of principal repayments

     (16,832,399     (18,101,403

Increase in repurchase of mortgage loans with government guarantees, net of claims received

     (71,222     (696,139

Purchase of trading securities

     (131,746     (899,011

Increase in accrued interest receivable

     (16,549     (19,554

Proceeds from sales of trading securities

     —          1,143,279   

Decrease in other assets

     99,370        68,896   

Decrease in accrued interest payable

     (4,513     (7,748

Increase liability for checks issued

     4,911        7,547   

(Decrease) increase in payable for mortgage repurchase option

     (3,478     135,564   

Increase in other liabilities

     76,554        10,350   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) in operating activities

     462,583        (455,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Net change in other investments

     —          15,601   

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale

     —          418,178   

Net purchase of investment securities available-for-sale

     (50,887     (124,815

Net proceeds from sales of portfolio loans

     (26,331     (65,077

Origination of portfolio loans, net of principal repayments

     (724,220     25,545   

Proceeds from the disposition of repossessed assets

     89,816        169,063   

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

     35,453        —     

Acquisitions of premises and equipment, net of proceeds

     (29,113     (7,287

Proceeds from the sale of mortgage servicing rights

     83,255        124,729   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used) provided by investing activities

     (622,027     555,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

(In thousands)

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010  
     (Unaudited)  

Financing Activities

  

Net increase (decrease) in deposit accounts

     130,159        (216,526

Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (110,083     (500,000

Payment on long-term debt

     (25     (25

Net decrease in security repurchase agreements

     —          (108,000

Net receipt of payments of loans serviced for others

     82,673        80,417   

Net receipt of escrow payments

     15,984        6,688   

Dividends paid to preferred stockholders

     (10,000     (10,000

Issuance of common stock

     —          577,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used) in financing activities

     108,708        (169,944
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (50,736     (69,356
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     953,534        1,082,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 902,798      $ 1,013,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment transferred to repossessed assets

   $ 159,007      $ 447,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest payments made on deposits and other borrowings

   $ 174,267      $ 265,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal income taxes paid

   $ —        $ 541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of mortgage loans originated for portfolio to mortgage loans available-for-sale for sale

   $ 42,891      $ 146,114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of mortgage loans originated available-for-sale then transferred to portfolio loans

   $ 16,560      $ 81,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of mortgage loans available-for-sale to investment securities available-for-sale

   $ —        $ 159,422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale or securitization of loans

   $ 153,465      $ 157,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of convertible trust securities

   $ —        $ 50,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

9


Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Nature of Business

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (“Flagstar” or the “Company”), is the holding company for Flagstar Bank, FSB (the “Bank”), a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. With $13.7 billion in total assets at September 30, 2011, the Company is the largest insured depository institution headquartered in Michigan and is the largest publicly held savings bank headquartered in the Midwest.

The Company is a full-service financial services company, offering a range of products and services to consumers, businesses, and homeowners. The Company currently operates 162 branches in Michigan, Indiana, and Georgia, and 29 home lending centers in 14 states. During the third quarter 2011, the Company entered into an agreement for the sale or lease of its 27 banking centers in Georgia to PNC Bank, N.A., part of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) and its 22 retail banking centers in Indiana to First Financial Bank, N.A. (“First Financial”). Originating residential loans nationwide, the Company is one of the leading originators of residential mortgages in the country. The Company also offers consumer products including deposit accounts, standard and jumbo home loans, home equity lines of credit, and personal loans, including auto and boat loans. The Company also offers commercial loans and treasury management services throughout Michigan and through its four commercial banking offices in Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut. Commercial products include deposit and sweep accounts, telephone banking, term loans and lines of credit, lease financing, government banking products and treasury management services such as remote deposit and merchant services.

The Company sells or securitizes most of the mortgage loans that it originates and generally retains the right to service the mortgage loans that it sells. These mortgage-servicing rights (“MSRs”) are occasionally sold by the Company in transactions separate from the sale of the underlying mortgages. The Company may also invest in its loan originations to enhance the Company’s leverage ability and to receive the interest spread between earning assets and paying liabilities.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Indianapolis and is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) of the United States Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”). The Bank is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.

Note 2 – Basis of Presentation, Recent Developments and Accounting Policies

The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for complete financial statements. The accompanying interim financial statements are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011. In addition, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. For further information, reference should be made to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which are available on the Company’s Investor Relations web page, at www.flagstar.com, and on the SEC website, at www.sec.gov.

Recent Developments

During the third quarter, the Bank announced it had entered into separate agreements to divest its 27-branch Georgia and its 22-branch Indiana retail bank franchises, with PNC and First Financial, respectively. Management believes that the Company’s presence in the Georgia and Indiana markets lacked market density and sufficient scale, and believes that these transactions are consistent with its strategic focus on its core Midwest banking markets, and on its deployment of capital towards its continuing growth in commercial and consumer banking in those markets, as well as the emerging Northeast market.

Under the Georgia agreement, PNC is to purchase the facilities or assume the leases associated with the branches and is to purchase associated business and retail deposits (approximately $233 million at September 30, 2011). PNC has also agreed to pay the net book value of the acquired real estate and fixed and other personal assets associated with the branches.

Under the Indiana agreement, First Financial is to pay a consideration equal to a seven percent premium on the consumer and commercial deposits in the Indiana banking centers. At September 30, 2011, the total amount of such consumer and commercial deposits were approximately $343 million. First Financial will also pay net book value on real estate and personal assets of the bank branches and will assume the existing leases on 14 of the branches.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Company predominantly originated residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market in both the Georgia and Indiana markets. Accordingly, the amount of loans on its balance sheet and potentially available to be transferred as part of these transactions was immaterial; thus no loans will be transferred in either transaction. Both transactions are anticipated to close during December 2011, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions and both transactions have received regulatory approvals.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

On July 1, 2011, the Company adopted the update to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 310, “Receivables – A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring” and applied the provisions retrospectively to January 1, 2011. The troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) guidance clarifies whether loan modifications constitute TDRs, include factors and examples for creditors to consider in evaluating whether a restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant, prohibit creditors from using the borrower’s effective rate test to evaluate whether the restructuring constitutes as a TDR and a concession has been granted to the borrower, and clarifies the guidance for creditors to use in determining whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto. For further information concerning TDRs, refer to Note 7 – Loans Held-for-Investment.

On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted the update to FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing.” New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” amends prior accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The adoption of the new authoritative accounting guidance did not have an effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance For Credit Losses.” This guidance requires disclosures that facilitate the evaluation of the nature of credit risk inherent in its portfolio of financing receivables; how that risk is analyzed and assessed in determining the allowance for credit losses; and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. To achieve those objectives, disclosures on a disaggregated basis are provided on two defined levels: (1) portfolio segment; and (2) class of financing receivable. This guidance updates existing disclosure requirements and includes additional disclosure requirements relating to financing receivables. Short-term trade accounts receivable, receivables measured at fair value or lower of cost or fair value and debt securities, within the scope of Topic 320, are exempt from this guidance. For further information concerning credit quality, refer to Note 7 – Loans Held-for-Investment.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. The guidance requires separate disclosures of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and the reasons for the transfers and requires disclosure on purchases, sales, issuances and settlement activity on gross (rather than net) basis in the Level 3 reconciliation of fair value measurement for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, the guidance clarifies that fair value measurement disclosures should be provided for each class of assets and liabilities and that disclosures of inputs and valuation techniques should be provided for both recurring and non-recurring Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. For further information concerning the fair value measurements, refer to Note 3 – Fair Value Accounting.

Pending Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” Under the amended guidance, a transferor maintains effective control over transferred financial assets if there is an agreement that both entitles and obligates the transferor to repurchase the financial assets before maturity. In addition, the following requirements must be met: (a) the financial asset to be repurchased or redeemed are the same or substantially the same as those transferred, (b) the agreement is to repurchase or redeem the transferred financial asset before maturity at a fixed or determinable price, and (c) the agreement is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of the transfer. This guidance is effective prospectively for transactions, or modifications of existing transactions, that occur on or after the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

11


Table of Contents

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” The amended guidance does not modify the requirements for when fair value measurements apply, rather it generally represents clarifications on how to measure and disclose fair value under Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Some of the amendments the application of existing fair value measurement requirements and other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. ASU No. 2011-04 is intended to improve the comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), by ensuring that fair value has the same meaning in U.S. GAAP and IFRS and respective disclosure requirements are the same except for inconsequential differences in wording and style. This guidance is effective prospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The guidance is intended to improve the comparability of financial reporting and facilitate the convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS by amending the guidance in ASC 220, Comprehensive Income. Under the amended guidance, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, the entity is required to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement(s) where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. This guidance is effective retrospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 for certain requirements. On October 21, 2011, the FASB released a proposed deferral of the requirement that companies present reclassification adjustments for each component of OCI in both net income and OCI on the face of the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of the guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

Note 3 – Fair Value Accounting

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value and to determine fair value disclosures.

Valuation Hierarchy

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy favors the transparency of inputs used for the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date and therefore favors use of Level 1 measurements if appropriate information is available, and otherwise Level 2, and finally Level 3 if Level 2 input is not available. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

  Level 1 – Fair value is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which the Company can participate.

 

  Level 2 – Fair value is based upon quoted prices for similar (i.e., not identical) assets and liabilities in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

  Level 3 – Fair value is based upon financial models using primarily unobservable inputs.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the valuation hierarchy that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used by the Company for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Assets

Securities classified as trading. These securities are comprised of U.S. Treasury bonds. The U.S. Treasury bonds trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices and are therefore classified within the Level 1 valuation hierarchy.

Securities classified as available-for-sale. These securities are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). Where quoted prices for securities are available in an active market, those securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If such quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Due to illiquidity in the markets, the Company determined the fair value of certain non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation securities using internal valuation models and therefore classified them within the Level 3 valuation hierarchy as these models utilize significant inputs which are unobservable.

 

12


Table of Contents

Loans available-for-sale. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the majority of the Company’s loans originated and classified as available-for-sale were reported at fair value and classified as Level 2. The Company generally estimated the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. Where quoted market prices were available, such market prices were utilized as estimates for fair values. Otherwise, the fair values of loans were estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using management’s best estimate of market interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. Loans as to which the Company has the unilateral right to repurchase from certain securitization transactions, but has not yet repurchased, are classified as available-for-sale and accounted for at historical cost, based on current unpaid principal balance.

Loans held-for-investment. The Company generally does not record these loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. Loans are considered impaired if it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan is identified as impaired, the fair value of the impaired loan is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value and liquidation value or discounted cash flows. Impaired loans do not require an allowance if the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral rather than on discounted cash flows. If the fair value of collateral is used to establish an allowance, the underlying impaired loan must be assigned a classification in the fair value hierarchy. To the extent the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan as a non-recurring Level 2 valuation.

Repossessed assets. Loans on which the underlying collateral has been repossessed are adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer to repossessed assets. Subsequently, repossessed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less anticipated marketing and selling costs. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the repossessed asset as a non-recurring Level 2 valuation.

Residential mortgage servicing rights. The current market for residential mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) is not sufficiently liquid to provide participants with quoted market prices. Therefore, the Company uses an option-adjusted spread valuation approach to determine the fair value of residential MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows under multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. The key assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates and delinquency rates with related servicing costs. Management periodically obtains third-party valuations of the residential MSR portfolio to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the internal valuation model. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. See Note 10 – Mortgage Servicing Rights, for the key assumptions used in the residential MSR valuation process.

Derivative financial instruments. Derivative instruments are held or issued for risk management or customer-initiated activities purposes. Certain classes of derivative contracts are listed on an exchange and are actively traded, and they are therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. These include U.S. Treasury futures, U.S. Treasury options and interest rate swaps. The Company’s forward loan sale commitments may be valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Rate lock commitments are valued using internal models with significant unobservable market parameters and therefore are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Fair value for customer-initiated derivative instruments are measured using internally developed models that use primarily market observable inputs, such as yield curves and option volatilities. Included in the fair value of derivative instruments are credit valuation adjustments reflecting counterparty credit risk and credit risk of the Company. These adjustments are determined by applying a credit spread for the counterparty or the Company, as appropriate, to the total expected exposure of the derivative after considering collateral and other master netting arrangements. These adjustments, which are considered Level 3 inputs, are based on estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default. The Company assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and determined that the credit valuation adjustments were not material to the overall valuation of derivatives. As a result, the Company classified its over-the-counter derivative valuations in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Liabilities

Warrants. Warrant liabilities are valued using a binomial lattice model and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Significant assumptions include expected volatility, a risk free rate and an expected life.

 

13


Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, by caption on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and by the valuation hierarchy (as described above):

 

      Level 1     Level 2     Level 3      Total  Carrying
Value
 

September 30, 2011

   (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities classified as trading:

         

U.S. Treasury bonds

   $ 312,766      $ —        $ —         $ 312,766   

Securities classified as available-for-sale:

         

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —          —          393,249         393,249   

U.S. government sponsored agencies

     128,011        —          —           128,011   

Loans available-for-sale:

         

Residential first mortgage loans

     —          1,939,780        —           1,939,780   

Loans held-for-investment:

         

Residential first mortgage loans

     —          22,787        —           22,787   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     —          —          437,338         437,338   

Derivative assets:

         

U.S. Treasury futures

     2,471        —          —           2,471   

Agency forwards

     8,945        —          —           8,945   

Rate lock commitments

     —          —          89,998         89,998   

Interest rate swaps

     2,610        —          —           2,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

     14,026        —          89,998         104,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 454,803      $ 1,962,567      $ 920,585       $ 3,337,955   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities:

         

Forward agency and loan sales

   $ —        $ (60,771   $ —         $ (60,771

Interest rate swaps

     (2,610     —          —           (2,610
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

     (2,610     (60,771     —           (63,381
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrant liabilities

     —          (2,273     —           (2,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ (2,610   $ (63,044   $ —         $ (65,654
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
      Level 1     Level 2     Level 3      Total  Carrying
Value
 

December 31, 2010

   (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities classified as trading:

         

U.S. Treasury bonds

   $ 160,775      $ —        $ —         $ 160,775   

Securities classified as available-for-sale:

         

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —          —          467,488         467,488   

U.S. government sponsored agencies

     7,737        —          —           7,737   

Loans available-for-sale:

         

Residential first mortgage loans

     —          2,343,638        —           2,343,638   

Loans held-for-investment:

         

Residential first mortgage loans

     —          19,011        —           19,011   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     —          —          580,299         580,299   

Derivative assets:

         

Forward agency and loan sales

     —          35,820        —           35,820   

Rate lock commitments

     —          —          14,396         14,396   

Agency forwards

     4,088        —          —           4,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

     4,088        35,820        14,396         54,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 172,600      $ 2,398,469      $ 1,062,183       $ 3,633,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities:

         

U.S. Treasury futures

   $ (13,176   $ —        $ —         $ (13,176

Warrant liabilities

     —          (9,300     —           (9,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

   $ (13,176   $ (9,300   $ —         $ (22,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers of assets or liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis into or out of Level 3 fair value measurements during the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The derivatives are reported in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and warrant liabilities are reported in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

 

14


Table of Contents

Changes in Level 3 fair value measurements

A determination to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). Accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are included within the valuation methodology. Also, the Company manages the risk associated with the observable components of Level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy; these Level 1 and Level 2 risk management instruments are not included below, and therefore the gains and losses in the tables do not reflect the effect of the Company’s risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments.

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs

The tables below include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition amounts for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy:

 

For the Three Months Ended

September 30, 2011

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Total
Realized/
Unrealized
Gains /
(Losses)
    Purchases      Settlements     Transfers
in and/or Out
of Level 3
     Balance at
End of Period
     Changes In
Unrealized
Held at End

of Period (5)
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities classified as available-for-sale: (2)(3)

                  

Non-agency collateralized mortgage Obligations

   $ 418,765       $ (6,296   $ —         $ (19,220   $ —         $ 393,249       $ (4,974

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     577,401         (164,423     64,490         (40,130     —           437,338         —     

Derivative financial instruments:

                  

Rate lock commitments

     10,920         122,393        114,066         (157,317     —           90,062         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,007,086       $ (48,326   $ 178,556       $ (216,667   $ —         $ 920,649       $ (4,974
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2010

                  

Securities classified as trading:

                  

Non-investment grade residual interests (1)

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —     

Securities classified as available-for-sale: (2)(3)

                  

Non-agency collateralized mortgage Obligations

     517,406         4,365        —           (26,664     —           495,107         4,364   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     473,724         (78,087     63,913         (12,527     —           447,023         —     

Derivative financial instruments:

                  

Rate lock commitments (4)

     46,160         —          4,380         —          —           50,540         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,037,290       $ (73,722   $ 68,293       $ (39,191   $ —         $ 992,670       $ 4,364   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

                  

Securities classified as available-for-sale: (2)(3)

                  

Non-agency collateralized mortgage Obligations

   $ 467,488       $ (3,937   $ —         $ (70,302   $ —         $ 393,249       $ 12,969   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     580,299         (209,140     153,444         (87,265     —           437,338         —     

Derivative financial instruments:

                  

Rate lock commitments

     14,396         160,983        211,126         (296,443     —           90,062         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,062,183       $ (52,094   $ 364,570       $ (454,010   $ —         $ 920,649       $ 12,969   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

                  

Securities classified as trading:

                  

Non-investment grade residual interests (1)

   $ 2,057       $ (2,057   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —     

Securities classified as available-for-sale: (2)(3)

                  

Non-agency collateralized mortgage Obligations

     538,376         26,602        —           (69,871     —           495,107         30,279   

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     649,133         (231,760     157,305         (127,655     —           447,023         —     

Derivative financial instruments:

                  

Rate lock commitments (4)

     10,061         —          40,479         —          —           50,540         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 1,199,627       $ (207,215   $ 197,784       $ (197,526   $ —         $ 992,670       $ 30,279   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Residual interests are valued using internal inputs supplemented by independent third party inputs.
(2) Realized gains (losses), including unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary and related to credit issues, are reported in non-interest income. Unrealized gains (losses) are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss.
(3) U.S. government agency securities classified as available-for-sale are valued predominantly using quoted broker/dealer prices with adjustments to reflect for any assumptions a willing market participant would include in its valuation. Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation securities classified as available-for-sale are valued using internal valuation models and pricing information from third parties.
(4) Purchases as disclosed on a net basis and include purchases, issuances and settlements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.
(5) Changes in the unrealized gains (losses) related to financial instruments held at the end of the period.

 

15


Table of Contents

The Company also has assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at the lower of cost or market and had a fair value below cost at the end of the period as summarized below:

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

September 30, 2011

           

Loans held-for-investment: (1)

           

Residential first mortgage loans

   $ 121,501       $ —         $ 121,501       $ —     

Commercial real estate loans

     137,055         —           137,055         —     

Repossessed assets (2)

     113,365         —           113,365         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 371,921       $ —         $ 371,921       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

           

Loans held-for-investment: (1)

           

Residential first mortgage loans

   $ 32,025       $ —         $ 32,025       $ —     

Commercial real estate loans

     218,091         —           218,091         —     

Repossessed assets (2)

     151,085         —           151,085         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 401,201       $ —         $ 401,201       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company recorded $12.0 million and $60.9 million in fair value losses on impaired loans (include in provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations) during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $21.7 million and $96.0 million in fair value losses on impaired loans during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.
(2) The Company recorded $11.2 million and $30.1 million in losses related to write-downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the asset, and recognized net gains of $2.0 million and $2.7 million on sales of repossessed assets during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to $26.8 million and $66.4 million in losses related to write-downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the asset, and recognized net gains of $0.5 million and a net loss of $5.8 million on sales of repossessed assets during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The accounting guidance for financial instruments requires disclosures of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate their fair values. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this guidance. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures required by this guidance are only indicative of the value of individual financial instruments as of the dates indicated and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company.

 

16


Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of certain financial instruments:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Financial Instruments

        

Assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 902,798      $ 902,798      $ 953,534      $ 953,534   

Securities classified as trading

     312,766        312,766        160,775        160,775   

Securities classified as available-for-sale

     521,259        521,259        475,225        475,225   

Loans available-for-sale

     2,080,926        2,103,236        2,585,200        2,513,239   

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     1,745,974        1,645,581        1,674,752        1,674,752   

Loans held-for-investment, net

     6,539,738        6,586,438        6,031,483        5,976,623   

Repossessed assets

     113,365        113,365        151,085        151,085   

FHLB stock

     301,737        301,737        337,190        337,190   

Mortgage servicing rights

     437,338        437,338        580,299        580,299   

Liabilities:

        

Retail deposits:

        

Demand deposits and savings accounts

     (2,514,162     (2,396,278     (2,153,438     (2,075,898

Certificates of deposit

     (2,990,435     (3,034,336     (3,230,972     (3,292,983

Government accounts

     (961,193     (940,825     (663,976     (664,572

National certificates of deposit

     (618,871     (639,983     (883,270     (906,699

Company controlled deposits

     (1,043,597     (1,029,920     (1,066,443     (1,048,432

FHLB advances

     (3,615,000     (3,908,604     (3,725,083     (3,901,385

Long-term debt

     (248,585     (81,124     (248,610     (100,534

Warrant liabilities

     (2,273     (2,273     (9,300     (9,300

Derivative Financial Instruments:

        

Forward delivery contracts

     (60,771     (60,771     35,820        35,820   

Commitments to extend credit

     89,998        89,998        14,396        14,396   

U.S. Treasury and agency futures/forwards

     11,416        11,416        (9,088     (9,088

The methods and assumptions that were used to estimate the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of other financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and cash equivalents. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Loans repurchased with government guarantees. The fair value of loans is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Loans held-for-investment. The fair value of loans is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

FHLB stock. No secondary market exists for FHLB stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the FHLB. Management believes that the recorded value is the fair value.

Deposit accounts. The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts approximates the carrying amount. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.

FHLB advances. Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 

17


Table of Contents

Note 4 – Investment Securities

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, investment securities were comprised of the following:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

September 30, 2011

          

Securities classified as trading:

          

U.S. Treasury bonds

   $ 291,866       $ 20,900       $ —        $ 312,766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities classified as available-for-sale:

          

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 426,234       $ —         $ (32,985   $ 393,249   

U.S. government sponsored agencies

     125,087         2,923         —          128,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities classified as available-for-sale

   $ 551,321       $ 2,923       $ (32,985   $ 521,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

          

Securities classified as trading:

          

U.S. Treasury bonds

   $ 160,289       $ 486       $ —        $ 160,775   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities classified as available-for-sale:

          

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 510,167       $ 1,979       $ (44,658   $ 467,488   

U.S. government sponsored agencies

     7,211         526         —          7,737   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities classified as available-for-sale

   $ 517,378       $ 2,505       $ (44,658   $ 475,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trading

Securities classified as trading are comprised of AAA-rated U.S. Treasury bonds. U.S. Treasury bonds held in trading are distinguished from available-for-sale based upon the intent of the Company to use them as an economic offset against changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio; however, these securities do not qualify as an accounting hedge as defined in current accounting guidance for derivatives and hedges.

For U.S. Treasury bonds held, the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $20.4 million during both the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively. For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded a gain of $10.4 million and $76.7 million, respectively, of which $4.1 million was unrealized gain on U.S. Treasury bonds held at September 30, 2010.

Available-for-Sale

Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive loss to the extent they are temporary in nature or “other-than-temporary impairments” (“OTTI”) as to non-credit related issues. If unrealized losses are, at any time, deemed to have arisen from OTTI, the credit related portion is reported as an expense for that period. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $521.3 million and $475.2 million, respectively, in securities classified as available-for-sale which were comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations.

The following table summarizes by duration the unrealized loss positions, at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, on securities classified as available-for-sale:

 

     Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration 12 Months and Over
    Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration Under 12 Months
 
      Fair Value      Number of
Securities
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Number of
Securities
     Unrealized
Loss
 

Type of Security

   (Dollars in thousands)  

September 30, 2011

                

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 393,249         11       $ (32,985   $ —           —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 432,577         11       $ (44,658   $ —           —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale amounted $33.0 million on non-agency CMOs at September 30, 2011. These CMOs consist of interests in investment vehicles backed by residential first mortgage loans.

An investment impairment analysis is triggered when the estimated market value is less than amortized cost for an extended period of time, generally six months. Before an analysis is performed, the Company also reviews the general market conditions for the specific type of underlying collateral for each security; in this case, the mortgage market in general has suffered from significant losses in value. With the assistance of third party experts as deemed necessary, the Company models

 

18


Table of Contents

the expected cash flows of the underlying mortgage assets using historical factors such as default rates, current delinquency rates and estimated factors such as prepayment speed, default speed and severity speed. Next, the cash flows are modeled through the appropriate waterfall for each CMO tranche owned; the level of credit support provided by subordinated tranches is included in the waterfall analysis. The resulting estimated cash flow of principal and interest is then utilized by management to estimate the amount of credit losses by security.

The credit losses on the portfolio reflect the economic conditions present in the U.S. over the course of the last several years and the forecasted effect of changes in such conditions, including changes in the forecasted level of home prices. This includes high mortgage defaults, declines in collateral values and changes in homeowner behavior, such as intentionally defaulting on a note due to a home value worth less than the outstanding debt on the home (so-called “strategic defaults.”)

In the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, $1.3 million and $16.9 million of OTTI, primarily due to forecasted credit losses, on CMOs, were recognized on eight securities that had losses prior to September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2011, the cumulative amount of OTTI due to credit losses totaled $53.7 million. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, additional OTTI due to credit losses on investments with existing OTTI credit losses totaled $3.7 million, while additional OTTI due to credit loss was recognized on two securities that did not already have such losses at September 30, 2010. All OTTI due to credit losses was recognized in current operations.

At September 30, 2011, the Company had total OTTI of $53.7 million on eight CMOs with existing OTTI in the available-for-sale portfolio with $52.3 million net gain recognized in other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2010, the Company had total OTTI of $43.6 million on 10 CMOs in the available-for-sale portfolio with $48.6 million in total net gain recognized in other comprehensive income. The impairment losses arising from credit related matters were reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following table shows the activity for OTTI credit loss:

 

     For the Three Months
Ended September 30,
    For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ (53,111   $ (38,949   $ (40,046   $ (35,272

Additions on CMOs with no prior OTTI

     —          —          —          —     

Reduction of principal on CMOs

     757        —          3,276        —     

Net change on CMOs with previous OTTI recognized

     (1,322     —          (16,906     (3,677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ (53,676   $ (38,949   $ (53,676   $ (38,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains (losses) on the sale of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale that are recently created with underlying mortgage products originated by the Bank are reported within net gain on loan sale. Securities in this category have typically remained in the portfolio less than 90 days before sale. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, there were no sales of U.S. government sponsored agency securities with underlying mortgage products recently originated by the Bank. During the three months ended September 30, 2010, there was a $0.1 million loss on sales of $17.1 million of U.S. government sponsored agency securities with underlying mortgage products recently originated by the Bank and during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, sales of U.S. government sponsored agency securities with underlying mortgage products originated by the Bank were $160.5 million resulting in $0.1 million of net gain on loan sale.

Gains (losses) on sales for all other available-for-sale securities types are reported in net gain on sale of available-for-sales securities. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company did not have any sales of non-agency securities, During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company sold zero and $251.0 million in non-agency securities available-for-sale, respectively, resulting in a net gain on sale of zero and $6.7 million, respectively.

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of available-for-sale securities from each of the following non-agency CMO issuers was greater than 10 percent of the Company’s stockholders’ equity.

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Market
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Market
Value
 
Name of Issuer    (Dollars in thousands)  

Countrywide Home Loans

   $ 146,189       $ 135,042       $ 173,860       $ 159,910   

Flagstar Home Equity Loan Trust 2006-1

     128,937         116,370         149,717         136,707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 275,126       $ 251,412       $ 323,577       $ 296,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Note 5 – Loans Available-for-Sale

Total loans available-for-sale were $2.1 billion and $2.6 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and were comprised primarily of residential first mortgage loans. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company sold $80.3 million of non-performing residential first mortgage loans in the available-for-sale category at a sale price which approximated carrying value.

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $1.9 billion and $2.3 billion of loans available-for-sale were recorded at fair value, respectively. The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans for which quoted market prices were available. Otherwise, the fair values of loans were estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using management’s best estimate of market interest rates for similar collateral.

Note 6 – Loans Repurchased With Government Guarantees

Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, the Company has the unilateral option to repurchase certain delinquent loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools, if the loans meet defined criteria. As a result of this unilateral option, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company must treat the loans as having been repurchased and recognize the loans as loans available-for-sale on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and also recognize a corresponding liability for a similar amount. If the loans are actually repurchased, the Company transfers the loans to loans repurchased with government guarantees and eliminates the corresponding liability. At September 30, 2011, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.7 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which the Company had not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $108.6 million and were classified as loans available-for-sale. At December 31, 2010, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.7 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which the Company had not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $112.0 million and were classified as loans available-for-sale.

Substantially all of these loans continue to be insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) and the Company’s management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. On average, claims have historically been filed and paid in approximately 18 months from the date of the initial delinquency; however increasing volumes throughout the country, as well as changes in the foreclosure process in certain states and other forms of government intervention may result in changes to the historical norm. These repurchased loans earn interest at a statutory rate, which varies and is based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent.

On June 30, 2011, the Company implemented a reclassification in the financial statement treatment of amounts due from the FHA relating to the servicing of delinquent FHA loans to recognize the accrued credit attributable to the underlying interest income as interest income. Previously, such income relating to the servicing of such delinquent loans was applied as a net offset to non-interest expense (i.e., asset resolution expense). The impact of the reclassification on the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, was an increase in net interest income of $10.1 million and $23.3 million, respectively, with a corresponding increase to asset resolution expense.

Note 7 – Loans Held-for-Investment

Loans held-for-investment are summarized as follows:

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consumer loans:

    

Residential first mortgage

   $ 3,827,356      $ 3,784,700   

Second mortgage

     146,501        174,789   

Construction

     758        8,012   

Warehouse lending

     995,663        720,770   

HELOC

     232,796        271,326   

Other

     73,127        86,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     5,276,201        5,046,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial loans:

    

Commercial real estate

     1,268,878        1,250,301   

Commercial and industrial

     234,148        8,875   

Commercial lease financing

     42,510        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     1,545,536        1,259,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer and commercial loans held-for-investment

     6,821,737        6,305,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

     (282,000     (274,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held-for-investment, net

   $ 6,539,737      $ 6,031,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, the Company transferred $4.0 million and $16.6 million, respectively, in loans available-for-sale to loans held-for-investment. The loans transferred were carried at fair value, and will continue to be reported at fair value while classified as held-for-investment. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company sold $83.5 million of non-performing commercial real estate assets. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company transferred $578.2 million of non-performing residential first mortgage loans from loans held-for-investment to loans available-for-sale, as a result of the $474.0 million sale of non-performing residential first mortgage loans and the transfer of $104.2 million in similar loans to available-for-sale.

The Company’s commercial leasing activities consist primarily of equipment leases. Generally, lessees are responsible for all maintenance, taxes, and insurance on leased properties. The following table lists the components of the net investment in financing leases.

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Total minimum lease payment to be received

   $ 44,257      $ —     

Estimated residual values of lease properties

     2,703        —     

Less: unearned income

     (4,450     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in commercial financing leases

   $ 42,510      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outlines the Company’s minimum lease receivables for direct financing leases for the five succeeding years and thereafter. The Company had no commercial financing leases at December 31, 2010.

 

         September 30,
2011
 
         (Dollars in thousands)  
2011      $ 2,282   
2012        9,130   
2013        9,093   
2014        10,190   
2015        6,978   
Thereafter        6,584   
    

 

 

 
Total      $ 44,257   
    

 

 

 

The consumer portfolio segment includes residential first mortgages, second mortgages, construction, warehouse lending and consumer loans. The commercial portfolio segment includes commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses in our loans held-for-investment portfolio as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The allowance provides for probable losses that have been identified with specific customer relationships and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified. While the Company attributes portions of the allowance to consumer and commercial portfolio segments, the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio. For consumer and commercial portfolio segments, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans with similar characteristics, and individually for impaired loans based on the changes in cash flows expected to be collected.

Consumer loans. For consumer loans, the allowance for loan losses is determined based on a collective basis utilizing forecasted losses that represent management’s best estimate of inherent loss. Loans are pooled by loan types with similar risk characteristics. As appropriate, to achieve greater accuracy, the Company may further stratify selected portfolios by sub-product, origination channel, vintage, loss type, geographic location and other predictive characteristics. Models designed for each pool are utilized to develop the loss estimates. The assumptions utilized for these pools include; historic delinquency and default, loss severity, home price trends, unemployment trends, and other key economic variables that may influence the frequency and severity of losses in the pool.

Residential first mortgage and construction loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral when a loss is confirmed. All other consumer loans are charged-off at 120 days past due. A loan may be charged-off if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and the asset is the sole source of repayment.

Commercial loans. Commercial loans are assessed for estimated losses by grading each loan using various risk factors as identified through periodic reviews. The Company applies historic grade-specific loss factors to the aggregation of each funded grade pool. In the development of the loan grade loss factors, management observes historical losses over a relevant period for each loan grade. These loss estimates are adjusted as appropriate based on additional analysis of long-term average loss experience compared to previously forecasted losses, external loss data or other risks identified from current economic conditions and credit quality trends.

 

21


Table of Contents

Commercial loans are either charged-off or written down to net realizable value at greater than 90 days past due. A loan may be charged-off if a loss confirming event has occurred. Loss confirming events include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy (unsecured), continued delinquency, foreclosure, or receipt of an asset valuation indicating a collateral deficiency and that asset is the sole source of repayment.

The allowance for loan losses by class of loan is summarized in the following tables.

 

     Residential
First
Mortgage
    Second
Mortgage
    Construction     Warehouse
Lending
    HELOC     Other
Consumer
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
and Industrial
    Commercial Lease
Financing
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

For the three months ended September 30, 2011

                     

Beginning balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 148,553      $ 20,097      $ 238      $ 1,620      $ 16,230      $ 1,789      $ 82,977      $ 2,320      $ 176       $ 274,000   

Charge-offs

     (11,233     (4,629     —          (272     (3,477     (1,208     (9,853     (587     —           (31,259

Recoveries

     756        371        —          —          524        423        373        122        —           2,569   

Provision

     17,753        2,397        (36     475        1,404        981        11,633        1,949        134         36,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 155,829      $ 18,236      $ 202      $ 1,823      $ 14,681      $ 1,985      $ 85,130      $ 3,804      $ 310       $ 282,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three months ended September 30, 2010

                     

Beginning balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 284,688      $ 32,282      $ 1,994      $ 4,696      $ 29,756      $ 3,023      $ 170,669      $ 2,892      $ —         $ 530,000   

Charge-offs

     (38,612     (6,843     (419     (151     (4,704     (1,299     (57,281     (529     —           (109,838

Recoveries

     605        536        2        391        340        385        165        15        —           2,439   

Provision

     29,651        5,023        420        945        818        968        13,484        90        —           51,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 276,332      $ 30,998      $ 1,997      $ 5,881      $ 26,210      $ 3,077      $ 127,037      $ 2,468      $ —         $ 474,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011

                     

Beginning balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 120,977      $ 25,186      $ 1,461      $ 4,171      $ 21,369      $ 3,450      $ 95,844      $ 1,542      $ —         $ 274,000   

Charge-offs

     (22,098     (16,545     (419     (560     (13,465     (3,813     (55,099     (644     —           (112,643

Recoveries

     1,250        1,581        1        5        1,453        1,284        1,564        122        —           7,260   

Provision

     55,700        8,014        (841     (1,793     5,324        1,064        42,821        2,784        310         113,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 155,829      $ 18,236      $ 202      $ 1,823      $ 14,681      $ 1,985      $ 85,130      $ 3,804      $ 310       $ 282,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010

                     

Beginning balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 274,981      $ 40,887      $ 2,388      $ 3,766      $ 37,054      $ 3,998      $ 157,950      $ 2,976      $ —         $ 524,000   

Charge-offs

     (113,894     (21,939     (500     (1,900     (16,944     (4,300     (97,017     (992     —           (257,486

Recoveries

     1,854        1,194        7        444        1,042        1,185        765        17        —           6,508   

Provision

     113,391        10,856        102        3,571        5,058        2,194        65,339        467        —           200,978   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance allowance for loan losses

   $ 276,332      $ 30,998      $ 1,997      $ 5,881      $ 26,210      $ 3,077      $ 127,037      $ 2,468      $ —         $ 474,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Residential
First
Mortgage
    Second
Mortgage
    Construction     Warehouse
Lending
    HELOC     Other
Consumer
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
and  Industrial
    Commercial
Lease
Financing
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

September 30, 2011

                     

Loans held-for-investment

                     

Individually evaluated (2)

   $ 624,566      $ 13,197      $ 304      $ 869      $ —        $ —        $ 166,792      $ 3,525      $ —         $ 809,253   

Collectively evaluated (3)

     3,202,790        133,304        454        994,794        232,796        73,127        1,102,086        230,623        42,510         6,012,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 3,827,356      $ 146,501      $ 758      $ 995,663      $ 232,796      $ 73,127      $ 1,268,878      $ 234,148      $ 42,510       $ 6,821,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

                     

Individually evaluated (2)

   $ 68,223      $ 2,905      $ 78      $ 516      $ —        $ 1      $ 35,361      $ 1,760      $ —         $ 108,844   

Collectively evaluated (3)

     87,606        15,331        124        1,307        14,681        1,984        49,769        2,044        310         173,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 155,829      $ 18,236      $ 202      $ 1,823      $ 14,681      $ 1,985      $ 85,130      $ 3,804      $ 310       $ 282,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

                     

Loans held-for-investment

                     

Individually evaluated (2)

   $ 602,036      $ 13,471      $ 1,364      $ —        $ 52      $ —        $ 234,535      $ 1,619      $ —         $ 853,077   

Collectively evaluated (3)

     3,182,664        161,318        6,648        720,770        271,274        86,710        1,015,766        7,256        —           5,452,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 3,784,700      $ 174,789      $ 8,012      $ 720,770      $ 271,326      $ 86,710      $ 1,250,301      $ 8,875      $ —         $ 6,305,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

                     

Individually evaluated (2)

   $ 49,493      $ 1,868      $ 458      $ —        $ 7      $ —        $ 54,260      $ 425      $ —         $ 106,511   

Collectively evaluated (3)

     71,484        23,318        1,003        4,171        21,362        3,450        41,584        1,117        —           167,489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 120,977      $ 25,186      $ 1,461      $ 4,171      $ 21,369      $ 3,450      $ 95,844      $ 1,542      $ —         $ 274,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consumer loans include: residential first mortgages, second mortgages, construction, warehouse lending and consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing.
(2) Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.
(3) Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for unimpaired loans.

 

22


Table of Contents

There were loans totaling $0.6 million and $11.5 million greater than 90 days past due that were still accruing interest as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The following table presents an age analysis of past due loans by class of loan.

 

     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
Greater Past
Due
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total
Investment
Loans
     90 Days and Still
Accruing
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

September 30, 2011

                    

Consumer loans:

                    

Residential first mortgage

   $ 84,788       $ 41,127       $ 341,081       $ 466,996       $ 3,360,360       $ 3,827,356       $ —     

Second mortgage

     2,400         2,199         4,301         8,900         137,601         146,501         —     

Construction

     —           —           758         758         —           758         —     

Warehouse lending

     —           —           28         28         995,635         995,663         —     

HELOC

     3,256         2,604         5,916         11,776         221,020         232,796         —     

Other

     874         93         345         1,312         71,815         73,127         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     91,318         46,023         352,429         489,770         4,786,431         5,276,201         13   

Commercial loans:

                    

Commercial real estate

     13,658         10,441         92,360         116,459         1,152,419         1,268,878         551   

Commercial and industrial

     41         13         98         152         233,996         234,148         —     

Commercial lease financing

     —           —           —           —           42,510         42,510         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     13,699         10,454         92,458         116,611         1,428,925         1,545,536         551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 105,017       $ 56,477       $ 444,887       $ 606,381       $ 6,215,356       $ 6,821,737       $ 564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

  

Consumer loans:

                    

Residential first mortgage

   $ 96,768       $ 40,826       $ 119,903       $ 257,497       $ 3,527,203       $ 3,784,700       $ —     

Second mortgage

     3,587         1,963         7,480         13,030         161,759         174,789         —     

Construction

     —           —           3,021         3,021         4,991         8,012         —     

Warehouse lending

     —           —           —           —           720,770         720,770         —     

HELOC

     3,735         3,783         6,713         14,231         257,095         271,326         —     

Other

     939         335         822         2,096         84,614         86,710         52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     105,029         46,907         137,939         289,875         4,756,432         5,046,307         52   

Commercial loans:

                    

Commercial real estate

     28,245         6,783         175,559         210,587         1,039,714         1,250,301         8,143   

Commercial and industrial

     175         55         4,918         5,148         3,727         8,875         3,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     28,420         6,838         180,477         215,735         1,043,441         1,259,176         11,443   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 133,449       $ 53,745       $ 318,416       $ 505,610       $ 5,799,873       $ 6,305,483       $ 11,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For all classes of loans within the consumer and commercial portfolio segments, all loans greater than a specified threshold, currently $1.0 million which may be modified from time to time, are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for impairment. Impaired loans below those scopes were collectively evaluated as homogeneous pools. Renegotiated loans are evaluated at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The required valuation allowance is included in the allowance for loan losses in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Loans in both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered impaired when it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. This determination requires significant judgment and utilization of estimates, and the eventual outcome may differ significantly from those estimates. When a loan in any class within the consumer and commercial loan portfolios has been determined to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When the present value of expected future cash flows is used, the effective interest rate is the original contractual interest rate of the loan adjusted for any premium or discount. When the contractual interest rate is variable, the effective interest rate of the loan changes over time. A reserve is established as a component of the allowance for loan losses when a loan has been determined to be impaired. Subsequent to the initial measurement of impairment, if there is a significant change to the impaired loan’s expected future cash flows, or if actual cash flows are significantly different from the cash flows previously estimated, the Company recalculates the impairment and appropriately adjusts the reserve. Similarly, if the Company measures impairment based on the observable market price of an impaired loan or the fair value of the collateral of an impaired collateral dependent loan, the Company will adjust the reserve if there is a significant change in either of those bases. Those impaired loans not requiring a reserve represent loans for which expected discounted cash flows or the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs exceeded the recorded investments in such loans. At September 30, 2011, approximately 38 percent of the total impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of related collateral and approximately 62 percent were evaluated based on discounted cash flows.

 

23


Table of Contents

When a loan within any class is impaired, the accrual of interest income is discontinued unless the receipt of principal and interest is no longer in doubt. Cash receipts received on non-performing impaired loans within any class are applied entirely against principal until the loan has been collected in full, after which time any additional cash receipts are recognized as interest income. Cash receipts received on accruing impaired loans within any class are applied in the same manner as accruing loans that are not considered impaired.

For all classes within the consumer and commercial loan portfolios, delinquent loans are calculated utilizing a reporting convention that considers a loan past due when the borrower fails to make a second consecutive scheduled payment (Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) guideline method). This method considers a loan to be delinquent if no payment is received after the first day of the month following the month of the missed payment. Other companies with mortgage banking operations similar to ours may use the Mortgage Bankers Association Method (“MBA Method”) which considers a loan to be delinquent if payment is not received by the end of the month of the missed payment. The key difference between the two methods is that a loan considered “delinquent” under the MBA Method would not be considered “delinquent” under the other method for another 30 days. Under the MBA Method of calculating delinquent loans, 30 day delinquencies equaled $186.4 million, 60 day delinquencies equaled $101.0 million and greater than 90 day delinquencies equaled $490.9 million at September 30, 2011. Total delinquent loans under the MBA Method total $778.3 million or 11.4 percent of loans held-for-investment at September 30, 2011. By comparison, 30 days delinquencies equaled $215.0 million, 60 days delinquencies equaled $111.4 million and greater than 90 days delinquencies equaled $365.0 million at December 31, 2010 under the MBA Method and total delinquent loans under the MBA Method were $691.4 million or 11.0 percent of loans held-for-investment at December 31, 2010.

For all classes within the consumer and commercial loan portfolio, loans are placed on non-accrual status when any portion of principal or interest is greater than 90 days delinquent or earlier when concerns exist as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, the accrued and unpaid interest is reversed and interest income is recorded as collected. Loans return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible. Interest income is recognized on impaired loans using a cost recovery method unless the receipt of principal and interest as they become contractually due is not in doubt, such as with a TDR. Loans on which interest accruals have been discontinued totaled approximately $444.3 million at September 30, 2011 and $306.9 million at December 31, 2010. Interest that would have been accrued on such loans totaled approximately $5.0 million and $16.1 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $5.1 million and $26.8 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

Loan Modifications

The Company may modify certain loans in both consumer and commercial loan portfolio segments to retain customers or to maximize collection of the loan balance. The Company has maintained several programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or reducing the borrower’s contractual payments. All loan modifications are made on a case-by-case basis. The Company’s standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral valuations. Each potential loan modification is reviewed individually and the terms of the loan are modified to meet a borrower’s specific circumstances at a point in time. All loan modifications, including those classified as TDRs, are reviewed and approved. Loan modification programs for borrowers have resulted in a significant increase in restructured loans. These loans are classified as TDRs and are included in non-accrual loans if the loan was non-performing prior to the restructuring. TDRs result in those instances in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulty and for which a concession has been granted, which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loans will continue on non-accrual status until the borrower has established a willingness and ability to make the restructured payments for at least six months, after which they will begin to accrue interest.

Consumer loan modifications. The Company modifies loans under company-developed programs based upon the Company’s commitment to help eligible homeowners and borrowers avoid foreclosure, where appropriate. The Company’s modification programs typically reduce the interest rate and/or extend the term. The modifications are substantially all classified as TDRs and have a term greater than six months. The company-developed modification programs involve a contractual change to original loan terms, but could revert back to the original loan terms.

For consumer loan programs (e.g., residential first mortgages, second mortgages, construction, warehouse, HELOC, and other consumer), the Company enters into a modification when the borrower has indicated a hardship, including illness or death in the family, or a loss of employment. Other modifications include when it is confirmed that the borrower does not possess the income necessary to continue making loan payments at the current amount, but the Company’s expectation is that payments at lower amounts can be made. The primary concession given to consumer loan borrowers includes a reduced interest rate and/or an extension of the amortization period or maturity date. Consumer loans identified as TDRs involve borrowers unable to refinance their mortgages through the Company’s normal mortgage origination channels or through other independent sources. Most, but not all, of the loans may be delinquent.

 

24


Table of Contents

Residential first mortgages have been modified under company-developed programs. These programs first require an extension of term followed by a reduction of the interest rate. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 1,757 accounts with a balance of $617.2 million and 1,725 accounts with a balance of $615.4 million, respectively, of residential first mortgage loans have been modified and were still outstanding on the balance sheet.

Commercial loan modifications. Modifications of terms for commercial loans are based on individual facts and circumstances. Commercial loan modifications may involve a reduction of the interest rate and/or an extension of the term of the loan. Modified large commercial loans are generally non-performing prior to modification. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, approximately $48.2 million and $98.6 million, respectively, in loan balances had been modified, primarily consisting of commercial real estate loans.

Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B portion of the note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable period of time subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or nonperforming) through the calendar year in which historical payment performance on the restructured note has been established. As of September 30, 2011, there was approximately $19.5 million in carrying amount representing 11 A/B structures.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The following table provides a summary of TDRs by type and performing status at September 30, 2011:

 

     TDRs  
     Performing      Non-performing      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consumer loans: (1)

        

Residential first mortgage

   $ 481,235       $ 135,996       $ 617,231   

Second mortgage

     11,251         1,946         13,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     492,486         137,942         630,428   

Commercial loans: (2)

        

Commercial real estate

     21,279         26,861         48,140   

Commercial and industrial

     39         —           39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     21,318         26,861         48,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 513,804       $ 164,803       $ 678,607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        

 

(1) The allowance for loan losses on consumer TDR loans totaled $70.7 million at September 30, 2011.
(2) The allowance for loan losses on commercial TDR loans totaled $9.0 million at September 30, 2011.

At September 30, 2011, TDRs totaled $678.6 million of which $164.8 million were non-performing, compared to December 31, 2010, at which date TDRs totaled $729.6 million and $124.5 million were non-performing. TDRs returned to performing (accrual) status totaled $147.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and are excluded from non-performing loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the modified terms. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a commercial or consumer TDR were immaterial.

Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, and result in potential incremental losses. These potential incremental losses have been factored into the Company’s overall allowance for loan losses estimate. Once a loan becomes a TDR, it will continue to be reported as a TDR until it is ultimately repaid in full, or foreclosed and sold. The Company has allocated reserves in the allowance for loan loss for the TDR portfolio of $79.7 million and $78.5 million at September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, respectively.

The allowance for loan losses related to TDRs is primarily driven by updated risk ratings assigned to commercial loans and borrower delinquency history in both the commercial and consumer loan portfolios. As such, the provision for loan losses is impacted primarily by changes in borrower payment performance rather than the TDR classification. TDRs can be classified as either performing or non-performing loans. Non-performing TDRs are included in non-accrual loans, while performing TDRs are excluded from non-accrual loans because it is probable that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected.

Consumer TDRs. Once such a loan has been modified and designated as a TDR, it is assessed for impairment. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance specific to impaired loans, consumer TDRs are measured primarily based on the net present value of the estimated cash flows discounted at a loan’s original effective interest rate, either on an individual or aggregated basis. Alternatively, consumer TDRs that are considered to be dependent solely on the collateral for repayment (i.e. re-defaulted under modified terms) are measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral net of costs to sell. If the carrying value of a TDR exceeds the value of the discounted cash flows or discounted collateral value, an allowance for loan losses is established for the shortfall. Once a loan is deemed to be a TDR, the loan continues to be classified as a TDR until contractually repaid or charged-off. Non-performing TDRs are those that are greater than 90 days past due or were in default at time of modification and have not performed for six consecutive months.

 

25


Table of Contents

Commercial TDRs. In instances where the Company substantiates that collection of outstanding balances in full is probable, the note is considered for return to performing status upon the borrower sustaining sufficient cash flows for a six-month period of time. This six month period could extend before or after the restructure date. If a charge-off was taken as part of the restructuring, any interest or principal payments received on that note are applied to first reduce the bank’s outstanding book balance and then to recoveries of charged-off principal, unpaid interest, and/or fees and expenses.

The following table presents the September 30, 2011 number of accounts, pre-modification unpaid principal balance, and post-modification unpaid principal balance that were new modified TDRs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011. In addition, the table presents the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance of loans that have subsequently defaulted during the three months and nine ended September 30, 2011 that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months preceding each quarterly period. All TDR classes within consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered subsequently defaulted as of greater than 90 days past due.

 

     Troubled Debt Restructurings  
     For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2011      For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
     Number of
Accounts
     Pre-Modification
Unpaid Principal
Balance
     Post-Modification
Unpaid Principal
Balance(1)
     Number of
Accounts
     Pre-Modification
Unpaid Principal
Balance
     Post-Modification
Unpaid Principal
Balance(1)
 

New troubled debt restructurings

                 

Residential first mortgages

     39       $ 9,968       $ 10,575         150       $ 41,803       $ 43,432   

Second mortgages

     1         38         38         16         1,088         1,089   

Commercial real estate

     —           —           —           6         12,025         7,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDR loans

     40       $ 10,006       $ 10,613         172       $ 54,916       $ 52,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Number of
Accounts
     Unpaid Principal Balance      Number of
Accounts
     Unpaid Principal Balance  

Troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted in previous 12 months

           

Residential first mortgages

     20       $ 5,886         48       $ 17,811   

Second mortgages

     2         152         2         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDR loans

     22       $ 6,038         50       $ 17,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.

 

26


Table of Contents

The following table presents impaired loans with no related allowance and with an allowance recorded.

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

With no related allowance recorded:

                 

Consumer loans:

                 

Residential first mortgage loans

   $ 33,981       $ 33,981       $ —         $ 42,255       $ 42,255       $ —     

Warehouse lending

     28         28         —              

Commercial loans:

                 

Commercial real estate

     34,599         49,463         —           59,642         107,254         —     

Commercial and industrial (1)

     —           —           —           64         274         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 68,608       $ 83,472       $ —         $ 101,961       $ 149,783       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Consumer loans:

                 

Residential first mortgage

   $ 590,585       $ 590,585       $ 68,224       $ 559,781       $ 559,781       $ 49,493   

Second mortgage

     13,197         13,197         2,905         13,471         13,471         1,868   

Construction

     304         304         78         1,364         1,364         458   

Warehouse lending

     841         841         516         —           —           —     

HELOC

     —           —           —           52         52         7   

Commercial loans:

                 

Commercial real estate

     132,193         166,874         35,361         174,893         224,334         54,260   

Commercial and industrial (1)

     3,525         3,525         1,760         1,555         1,555         425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 740,645       $ 775,326       $ 108,844       $ 751,116       $ 800,557       $ 106,511   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

                 

Consumer loans:

                 

Residential first mortgage

   $ 624,566       $ 624,566       $ 68,224       $ 602,036       $ 602,036       $ 49,493   

Second mortgage

     13,197         13,197         2,905         13,471         13,471         1,868   

Construction

     304         304         78         1,364         1,364         458   

Warehouse lending

     869         869         516         —           —           —     

HELOC

     —           —           —           52         52         7   

Commercial loans:

                 

Commercial real estate

     166,792         216,337         35,361         234,535         331,588         54,260   

Commercial and industrial (1)

     3,525         3,525         1,760         1,619         1,829         425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 809,253       $ 858,798       $ 108,844       $ 853,077       $ 950,340       $ 106,511   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) These impaired loans are from originations prior to 2011.

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30, 2011
     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011
 
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consumer loans:

           

Residential first mortgage

   $ 591,890       $ 864       $ 594,479       $ 12,999   

Second mortgage

     13,273         101         13,342         389   

Construction

     304         —           749         —     

Warehouse lending

     435         —           217         —     

HELOC

     —           —           13         —     

Commercial loans:

           

Commercial real estate

     174,643         856         196,804         4,595   

Commercial and industrial (1)

     2,570         70         2,094         442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 783,115       $ 1,891       $ 807,698       $ 18,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) These impaired loans are from originations prior to 2011.

The average recorded investment on impaired loans for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $1.0 billion. The cash-basis interest income recognized during impairment was $4.7 million and $23.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively.

The Company utilizes an internal risk rating system which is applied to all commercial and commercial real estate credits. Loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s credit policy. Internal loan grades are also monitored by the Company’s loan review department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each class of loans. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, financial condition, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and

 

27


Table of Contents

trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. Generally, these indicators are updated quarterly unless market indicators. Descriptions of the Company’s internal risk ratings as they relate to credit quality are as follows:

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management’s close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future.

Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For HELOC and other consumer loans, the Company evaluates credit quality based on the aging and status of payment activity and includes all non-performing loans.

Doubtful. Assets identified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of a loss on a doubtful asset is high. However, due to important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to strengthen (or weaken) the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status can be determined.

 

28


Table of Contents

Commercial Credit Exposure

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     Commercial  Real
Estate
     Commercial and
Industrial
     Commercial Lease
Financing
     Total
Commercial
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Grade:

           

Pass

   $ 719,816       $ 229,807       $ 42,510       $ 992,133   

Special mention/watch

     360,146         995         —           361,141   

Substandard

     188,754         3,346         —           192,100   

Doubtful

     162         —           —           162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,268,878       $ 234,148       $ 42,510       $ 1,545,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Credit Exposure

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     Residential First
Mortgage
     Second Mortgage      Construction      Warehouse      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Grade:

              

Pass

   $ 3,539,476       $ 142,197       $ —         $ 994,794       $ 4,676,467   

Special mention/watch

     797         —           —           —           797   

Substandard

     287,083         4,304         758         869         293,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 3,827,356       $ 146,501       $ 758       $ 995,663       $ 4,970,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2011  
     HELOC      Other Consumer      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Pass

   $ 226,789       $ 72,782       $ 299,571   

Substandard

     6,007         345         6,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 232,796       $ 73,127       $ 305,923   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Credit Exposure

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Commercial  Real
Estate
     Commercial and
Industrial
     Total
Commercial
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Grade:

        

Pass

   $ 609,239       $ 2,937       $ 612,176   

Special mention/watch

     430,714         4,174         434,888   

Substandard

     210,245         1,764         212,009   

Doubtful

     103         —           103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,250,301       $ 8,875       $ 1,259,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Credit Exposure

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Residential First
Mortgage
     Second Mortgage      Construction      Warehouse      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Grade:

              

Pass

   $ 3,713,761       $ 167,309       $ 4,991       $ 718,484       $ 4,604,545   

Special mention/watch

     989         —           —           411         1,400   

Substandard

     69,950         7,480         3,021         1,875         82,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 3,784,700       $ 174,789       $ 8,012       $ 720,770       $ 4,688,271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     HELOC      Other Consumer      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Pass

   $ 264,612       $ 85,889       $ 350,501   

Substandard

     6,713         821         7,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 271,325       $ 86,710       $ 358,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Note 8 – Pledged Assets

The Company has pledged certain securities and loans to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and the FHLB of Indianapolis and other potential future obligations. The following table details pledged asset by asset class, and the carrying value of pledged investments and the investments maturities.

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Carrying Value      Investment
Maturities
     Carrying Value      Investment
Maturities
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash pledged for letter of credit

   $ 14,543         —         $ 17,353         —     

Securities classified as trading:

           

U.S. Treasury bonds

     82,600         2012         158,754         2012   

Securities classified as available-for-sale:

           

U.S. government sponsored agencies

     —           —           279         2015-2032   

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation securities

obligations

     116,370         2036         136,707         2036   

Loans:

           

Residential first mortgage loans

     6,321,570         Various         5,122,456         Various   

Second mortgage loans

     123,113         Various         202         Various   

Consumer loans

     211,555         Various         253,030         Various   

Commercial real estate loans

     535,595         Various         554,382         Various   

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     1,745,974         Various         1,674,752         Various   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Totals

   $ 9,151,320          $ 7,917,915      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Note 9 – Private-label Securitization Activity

The Company previously securitized fixed and adjustable rate second mortgage loans and home equity line of credit (“HELOC”) loans. The Company acted as the principal underwriter of the beneficial interests that were sold to investors. The financial assets were derecognized when they were transferred to the securitization trust, which then issued and sold mortgage-backed securities to third party investors. The Company relinquished control over the loans at the time the financial assets were transferred to the securitization trust. The Company recognized a gain on the sale on the transferred assets.

The Company’s retained interests in the securitized mortgage loans and trusts, generally consist of residual interests, transferor’s interests, and servicing assets. The residual interests represent the present value of future cash flows expected to be received by the Company. Residual interests are accounted for at fair value and are included as “securities classified as trading” in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Any gains or losses realized on the sale of such securities and any subsequent changes in unrealized gains and losses are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company recorded $26.1 million in residual interests as of December 31, 2005, as a result of its non-agency securitization of $600 million in home equity line of credit loans (the “FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization”).

On April 28, 2006, the Company completed a guaranteed mortgage securitization transaction of approximately $400.0 million of fixed second mortgage loans (the “FSTAR 2006-1 Second Mortgage Securitization”) that the Company held at the time in its investment portfolio. The transaction was treated as a recharacterization of loans held for investment to mortgage-backed securities held to maturity and, therefore, no gain on sale was recorded. As of September 30, 2011, the Company still holds this guaranteed mortgage securitization in its available for sale investment securities.

The Company recorded $11.2 million in residual interests as of December 31, 2006, as a result of its non-agency securitization of $302 million in home equity line of credit loans (the “FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization”).

On March 15, 2007, the Company sold $620.9 million in closed-ended, fixed and adjustable rate second mortgage loans (the “FSTAR 2007-1 Second Mortgage Securitization”) and recorded $22.6 million in residual interests and servicing assets as a result of the non-agency securitization. On June 30, 2007, the Company completed a secondary closing for $98.2 million and recorded an additional $4.2 million in residual interests.

The Company has not engaged in any private-label securitization activity since 2007.

 

30


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2011, the Company’s residual interests were deemed to have no value. Transferor’s interests represent draws on the HELOCs subsequent to them being sold to the trusts that were funded by the Bank rather than being purchased by the trusts. Transferor’s interests are included in loans held-for-investment in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At September 30, 2011, the Company no longer serviced any of the loans that were sold to the private-label securitization trusts, and therefore had no servicing assets accounted for on an amortized cost method.

Summary of Securitization Activity

Certain cash flows received from the securitization trusts were as follows:

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30,      For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Servicing fees received

   $ —         $ 509       $ —         $ 2,777   

The following table sets forth certain characteristics of each of the securitizations at their inception and the current characteristics as of and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011:

 

     2005-1     2006-2  
     At Inception     Current Levels     At Inception     Current Levels  
HELOC Securitizations    (Dollars in thousands)  

Number of loans

     8,155      $ 2,663      $ 4,186      $ 2,087   

Aggregate principal balance

   $ 600,000      $ 121,397      $ 302,182      $ 125,117   

Average principal balance

   $ 55      $ 46      $ 72      $ 60   

Weighted average fully indexed interest rate

     8.43     5.77     9.43     6.55

Weighted average original term

     120 months        120 months        120 months        120 months   

Weighted average remaining term

     112 months        45 months        112 months        59 months   

Weighted average original credit score

     722        718        715        720   

 

31


Table of Contents

Transferor’s Interests

Under the terms of the HELOC securitizations, the trusts were initially obligated to purchase any subsequent draws on the lines of credit out of funds available through principal payments on such loans. However, as the securitizations are now in “rapid amortization”, the trusts no longer purchase such draws from the Bank. Instead, the Bank funds the draws pursuant to the underlying lines of credit with the borrowers, and receives a pro rata beneficial interest in the underlying loans (transferor’s interest). The table below identifies the unpurchased draw contributions from the Bank for each of the HELOC securitization trusts as well as the fair value of the transferor’s interests.

 

     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
Summary of Transferor’s    FSTAR 2005-1     FSTAR 2006-2     FSTAR 2005-1     FSTAR 2006-2  
Interest by Securitization          (Dollars in thousands)        

Total draw contribution

   $ 35,402      $ 51,212      $ 35,088      $ 50,949   

Additional balance increase amount (1)

   $ 26,828      $ 30,499      $ 28,219      $ 33,407   

Transferor’s interest ownership percentage

     21.60     23.99     19.59     21.75

Fair value of transferor’s interests

   $ 11,464      $ —        $ 17,439      $ —     

Transferor’s interest reserve

   $ 550      $ 1,507      $ 1,876      $ 1,908   

 

(1) Represent the draw contributions minus the pro-rata share allocated to the Company, which effectively represents the dollar value of underlying ownership in the Trust.

FSTAR 2005-1. At September 30, 2011, outstanding claims due to the note insurer were $14.1 million and based on the Company’s internal model, the Company believed that because of the claims due to the note insurer and continuing credit losses on the loans underlying the securitization, the fair value/carrying amount of the transferor’s interest was $11.5 million. During the third quarter of 2010, the Company determined that the transferor’s interests had deteriorated to the extent that a contingent liability was required to be recorded. The Company recorded a liability to reflect the expected liability arising from losses on future draws associated with this securitization, of which $0.6 million remained at September 30, 2011. In determining this liability, the Company assumed (i) no further draws would be made with respect to those HELOCs as to which further draws were currently prohibited, (ii) the remaining HELOCs would continue to operate in the same manner as their historical draw behavior indicated, as measured on an individual loan basis and on a pool drawdown basis, and (iii) that any draws actually made and therefore recognized as transferor’s interests by the Company would have a loss rate of 58 percent.

FSTAR 2006-2. At September 30, 2011, outstanding claims due to the note insurer were $80.7 million and based on the Company’s internal model, the Company believed that because of the claims due to the note insurer and continuing credit losses on the loans underlying the securitization, there was no carrying amount of the transferor’s interest. Also, during the fourth quarter 2009, the Company determined that the transferor’s interests had deteriorated to the extent that a liability was required to be recorded. During the period, the Company recorded a liability of $7.6 million to reflect the expected liability arising from losses on future draws associated with this securitization, of which $1.5 million remained at September 30, 2011. In determining this liability, the Company (i) assumed no further draws would be made with respect to those HELOCs as to which further draws were currently prohibited, (ii) the remaining HELOCs would continue to operate in the same manner as their historical draw behavior indicated, as measured on an individual loan basis and on a pool drawdown basis, and (iii) that any draws actually made and therefore recognized as transferor’s interests by the Company would have a loss rate of 100 percent.

The following table outlines the Company’s expected losses on future draws on loans in FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-2 at September 30, 2011.

 

     Unfunded
Commitments  (1)
     Expected Future
Draws as % of
Unfunded
Commitments (2)
    Expected
Future
Draws (3)
     Expected
Loss (4)
    Potential
Future
Liability (5)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization

   $ 3,994         23.7   $ 945         58.2   $ 550   

FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization

     2,991         50.4     1,507         100.0     1,507   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,985         $ 2,452         $ 2,057   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1) Unfunded commitments represent the amounts currently fundable at the dates indicated because the underlying borrowers’ lines of credit are still active.
(2) Expected future draws on unfunded commitments represents the historical draw rate within the securitization.
(3) Expected future draws reflects unfunded commitments multiplied by expected future draws percentage.
(4) Expected losses represent an estimated reduction in carrying value of future draws.
(5) Potential future liability reflects expected future draws multiplied by expected losses.

 

32


Table of Contents

Assured Litigation

In 2009 and 2010, the Bank received repurchase demands from Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“Assured”), with respect to HELOCs that were sold by the Bank in connection with the HELOC securitizations. Assured is the note insurer for each of the two HELOC securitizations completed by the Bank. The Bank provided detailed rebuttals to these demands. In April 2011, Assured filed a lawsuit against the Company, alleging a breach of various loan-level representations and warranties and seeking relief for breach of contract, as well as full indemnification and reimbursement of amounts that it had paid under the respective insurance policy (which amounts were estimated by Assured to be in excess of $80 million), plus interest and costs. In May 2011, the Company filed a motion with the court to dismiss the lawsuit, asserting Assured was limited to the sole remedy of transferring deficiency amounts to the related securitization trust under the terms of the agreements, and that with regard to charged off loans, the deficiency amount is defined to be zero. On July 7, 2011, the court issued its order on the motion, dismissing Assured’s claims for indemnification and reimbursement, but allowing the case to proceed on the breach of contract claims. However, the court further limited Assured’s breach of contract claims to those related to enforcing the Company’s “cure or repurchase” obligations.

Unfunded Commitments

The table below identifies separately for each HELOC securitization trust: (i) the notional amount of the total unfunded commitment under the Company’s contractual arrangements, (ii) unfunded commitments that have been frozen or suspended because the borrowers do not currently meet the contractual requirements under their home equity line of credit with the Company, and (iii) the amount currently fundable because the underlying borrowers’ lines of credit are still active:

 

     At September 30, 2011  
     FSTAR 2005-1      FSTAR 2006-2      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Notional amount of unfunded commitments (1)

   $ 35,405       $ 32,625       $ 68,030   

Less: Frozen or suspended unfunded commitments

     31,412         29,633         61,045   

Unfunded commitments still active

     3,993         2,992         6,985   

 

(1) The Company’s total potential funding obligation is dependent on both (a) borrower behavior (e.g., the amount of additional draws requested) and (b) the contractual draw period (remaining term) available to the borrowers. Because borrowers can make principal payments and restore the amounts available for draws and then borrow additional amounts as long as their lines of credit remain active, the funding obligation has no specific limitation and it is not possible to define the maximum funding obligation. However, the Company expects that the maturity dates of the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC securitization and the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization pools will be reached in 2015 and 2017, respectively, and the Company’s exposure will be substantially mitigated at such times, based on prepayment speeds and losses in the cash flow forecast.

Credit Risk on Securitization

With respect to the issuance of private-label securitizations, the Company retains certain limited credit exposure in that it retains non-investment grade residual securities in addition to customary representations and warranties. The Company does not have credit exposure associated with non-performing loans in securitizations beyond its investment in retained interests in non-investment grade residuals and draws (transferor’s interests) on HELOCs that it funds and which are not reimbursed by the respective trust. The value of the Company’s transferor’s interests reflects the Company’s credit loss assumptions as applied to the underlying collateral pool. To the extent that actual credit losses exceed the assumptions, the value of the Company’s non-investment grade residual securities and unreimbursed draws will be diminished.

During the fourth quarter 2010, all servicing related to loans underlying the private-label securitizations (i.e., HELOC and second mortgage loans) was transferred to a third party servicer.

The following table summarizes the Company’s consumer servicing portfolio and the balance of retained assets with credit exposure, which includes residential interests that are included as trading securities and unreimbursed HELOC draws that are included in loans held-for-investment.

 

     September 30, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     Amount of
Loans Serviced
     Balance of
Retained Assets
With Credit
Exposure
     Amount of
Loans
Serviced
     Balance of
Retained Assets
With Credit
Exposure
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Private-label securitizations

   $ —         $ 11,464       $ —         $ 17,439   

 

33


Table of Contents

Loans that have been securitized in private-label securitizations that are serviced by the Company and are sixty days or more past due, all of which are consumer loans, and the credit losses incurred in the securitization trusts are presented below:

 

     Total Principal
Amount of
Loans Outstanding
     Principal Amount
of Loans
60 Days or More Past Due
     Credit Losses
(Net of Recoveries) For the Three
Months Ended
 
     September 30,
2011
     September 30,
2010
     September 30,
2011
     September 30,
2010
     September 30,
2011
     September 30,
2010
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Securitized mortgage loans

   $ —         $ 308,147       $ —         $ 21,760       $ —         $ 88,294   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 10 – Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company has obligations to service residential first mortgage loans. Prior to December 31, 2010, the Company had obligations to service consumer loans (HELOC and second mortgage loans) resulting from private-label securitization transactions. A description of these classes of servicing assets follows.

Residential mortgage servicing rights. Servicing of residential first mortgage loans is a significant business activity of the Company. The Company recognizes MSR assets on residential first mortgage loans when it retains the obligation to service these loans upon sale. MSRs are subject to changes in value from, among other things, changes in interest rates, prepayments of the underlying loans and changes in credit quality of the underlying portfolio. In the past, the Company treated this risk as a general counterbalance to the increased production and gain on loan sale margins that tend to occur in an environment with increased prepayments. However, in 2008, the Company elected the fair value option for residential first mortgage servicing rights. As such, the Company currently specifically hedges certain risks of fair value changes of MSRs using derivative instruments that are intended to change in value inversely to part or all of the changes in the components underlying the fair value of MSRs.

Changes in the carrying value of residential first mortgage MSRs, accounted for at fair value, were as follows:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 577,401      $ 473,724      $ 580,299      $ 649,133   

Additions from loans sold with servicing retained

     64,490        63,913        153,444        157,305   

Reductions from bulk sales (1)

     (40,130     (12,527     (87,265     (127,655

Changes in fair value due to:

        

Payoffs(2)

     (17,485     (22,656     (45,951     (54,048

All other changes in valuation inputs or assumptions (3)

     (146,938     (53,431     (163,189     (177,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of MSRs at end of period

   $ 437,338      $ 447,023      $ 437,338      $ 447,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of residential first mortgage loans serviced for others

       $ 56,772,598      $ 51,979,057   
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects sales related to underlying serviced loans totaling $4.5 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Reflects sales related to underlying serviced loans totaling $9.2 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.
(2) Represents decrease in MSR value associated with loans that were paid off during the period.
(3) Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The Company periodically obtains third-party valuations of residential MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the valuation model.

 

34


Table of Contents

The key economic assumptions used in determining the fair value of those MSRs capitalized during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 periods were as follows:

 

     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  

Weighted-average life (in years)

     4.1        5.0   

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     25.4     24.6

Weighted-average discount rate

     7.2     7.6

The key economic assumptions reflected in the overall fair value of the entire portfolio of MSRs were as follows:

 

     September 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Weighted-average life (in years)

     5.9        5.8   

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     19.1     16.9

Weighted-average discount rate

     7.8     9.1

Consumer servicing assets. Consumer servicing assets represented servicing rights related to HELOC and second mortgage loans that were created in the Company’s private-label securitizations. These servicing assets were initially measured at fair value and subsequently accounted for using the amortization method. Under this method, the assets were amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated servicing income and were evaluated for impairment on a periodic basis. When the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a valuation allowance was established by a charge to loan administration income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The fair value of consumer servicing assets was estimated by using an internal valuation model. This method was based on calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration discount rates, actual and expected loan prepayment rates, servicing costs and other economic factors.

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company transferred its mortgage servicing rights with respect to its private label securitizations, i.e., related to HELOC and second mortgage loans, to a third-party servicer pursuant to the terms of the applicable servicing agreements. As a result, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company did not hold any mortgage servicing rights related to such securitizations.

Changes in the carrying value of the consumer servicing assets and the associated valuation allowance follow:

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consumer servicing assets

  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 7,049   

Reduction from transfer of servicing (1)

     (5,075

Amortization

     (949
  

 

 

 

Carrying value before valuation allowance at end of period

     1,025   
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

  

Balance at beginning of period

     (3,808

Impairment recoveries (charges)

     (961

Reduction from transfer of servicing (1)

     3,744   
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (1,025
  

 

 

 

Net carrying value of servicing assets at end of period

   $   
  

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of consumer loans serviced for others

   $ 308,147   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of servicing assets:

  

Beginning of period

   $ 3,241   
  

 

 

 

End of period

   $   
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) Reflects the transfer of mortgage servicing rights related to the Company’s private-label securitizations.

 

35


Table of Contents

The key economic assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these servicing assets were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2010
 

Weighted-average life (in years)

     —       

Weighted-average discount rate

     —    

Contractual servicing fees. Contractual servicing fees, including late fees and ancillary income, for each type of loan serviced are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30,      For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential first mortgage

   $ 40,473       $ 37,645       $ 126,787       $ 111,407   

Other consumer

     51         555         120         2,948   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 40,524       $ 38,200       $ 126,907       $ 114,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 11 – FHLB Advances

The portfolio of FHLB advances includes floating rate daily adjustable advances and fixed rate term advances. The following is a breakdown of the advances outstanding:

 

      September 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
            Weighted            Weighted  
            Average            Average  
     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Daily adjustable advances

   $ 215,000         0.45   $ 325,083         0.50

Long-term fixed rate term advances

     3,400,000         3.10        3,400,000         3.52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,615,000         2.94   $ 3,725,083         3.25
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30,      For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011    2010      2011    2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     $3,615,000    $ 3,750,000         $3,615,000    $ 3,900,000   

Average balance

     3,528,054      3,813,021         3,465,986      3,867,941   

Average interest rate

     3.39   4.14%         3.48   4.28%   

At September 30, 2011, the Company has the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a line of credit equal to $7.0 billion and the Company may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At September 30, 2011, the Company had available collateral sufficient to access $4.6 billion of the line and had $3.6 billion of advances outstanding. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances are collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans repurchased with government guarantees, certain other loans and investment securities.

 

36


Table of Contents

Note 12 – Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt is comprised principally of junior subordinated notes which were issued in connection with the issuance of trust preferred securities. The following table presents the outstanding balance and related interest rates of the long-term debt as of the dates indicated:

 

     September 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
            (Dollars in thousands)         

Junior Subordinated Notes

          

Floating 3 Month LIBOR

          

Plus 3.25% (1), matures 2032

   $ 25,774         3.61   $ 25,774         3.55

Plus 3.25% (1), matures 2033

     25,774         3.50     25,774         3.54

Plus 3.25% (1), matures 2033

     25,780         3.62     25,780         3.55

Plus 2.00% (1), matures 2035

     25,774         2.25     25,774         2.29

Plus 2.00% (1), matures 2035

     25,774         2.25     25,774         2.29

Plus 1.75% (1), matures 2035

     51,547         2.10     51,547         2.05

Plus 1.50% (1), matures 2035

     25,774         1.75     25,774         1.79

Plus 1.45%, matures 2037

     25,774         1.80     25,774         1.75

Plus 2.50%, matures 2037

     15,464         2.85     15,464         2.80
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Subtotal

   $ 247,435         $ 247,435      

Other debt

          

Fixed 7.00% due 2013

     1,150           1,175      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total long-term debt

   $ 248,585         $ 248,610      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

(1) The securities are currently callable by the Company.

Interest on all junior subordinated notes related to trust preferred securities is payable quarterly. Under these arrangements, the Company has the right to defer dividend payments to the trust preferred security holders for up to five years.

Note 13 – Income Taxes

The Company’s net deferred tax assets of $370.2 million and $330.8 million, at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, have been entirely offset by a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is established when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the Company’s net deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods.

For the three months ended September 30, 2011, the net provision (benefit) for federal income taxes as a percentage of pretax loss was 2.9 percent as compared to a provision (benefit) of zero percent for the comparable 2010 period. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the variance to the statutory rate of 35 percent was attributable to a $4.9 million addition to valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, certain non-deductible-corporate expenses of $0.4 million and non-deductible warrant income of $(1.5) million. The variance for the three months ended September 30, 2010 was attributable to a $7.1 million addition to valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, certain non-deductible-corporate expenses of $0.5 million and non-deductible warrant expense of $(0.5) million.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the net provision (benefit) for federal income taxes as a percentage of pretax loss was 0.7 percent as compared to a provision (benefit) of zero percent for the comparable 2010 period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the variance to the statutory rate of 35 percent was attributable to a $39.4 million addition to valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, certain non-deductible-corporate expenses of $1.2 million and non-deductible warrant income of $(2.5) million. The variance for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was attributable to a $66.1 million addition to valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, certain non-deductible-corporate expenses of $1.5 million and non-deductible warrant expense of $(1.3) million.

The Company’s income tax returns are subject to examination by federal, state and local government authorities. On an ongoing basis, numerous federal, state and local examinations are in progress and cover multiple tax years. As of September 30, 2011, the Internal Revenue Service had completed its examination of the Company’s income tax returns through the years ended December 31, 2005 and is in process of examining income tax returns for years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008. The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.

Note 14 – Warrant Liabilities

May Investors

In full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under anti-dilution provisions applicable to certain investors (the “May Investors”) in the Company’s May 2008 private placement capital raise, the Company granted warrants (the “May Investor Warrants”) to the May Investors on January 30, 2009 for the purchase of 1,425,979 of Common Stock at $6.20 per share. The holders of such warrants are entitled to acquire shares of Common Stock for a period of ten years. During 2009, May Investors exercised May Investor Warrants to purchase 314,839 shares of Common Stock. As a result of the Company’s

 

37


Table of Contents

registered offering on March 31, 2010, of 57.5 million shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $5.00, the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable to the May Investors under the May Investor Warrants was increased by 266,674 and the exercise price was decreased to $5.00 pursuant to the antidilution provisions of the May Investors Warrants. As a result of the Company’s registered offering on November 2, 2010 of 115.7 million shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $1.00, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable to the May Investors under the May Investor Warrants was increased by 5,511,255 and the exercise price was decreased to $1.00 pursuant to the antidilution provisions of the May Investors Warrants. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, no shares of Common Stock were issued upon exercise of May Investor Warrants, and at September 30, 2011, the May Investors held warrants to purchase 6,889,069 shares at an exercise price of $1.00.

Management believes the May Investor Warrants do not meet the definition of a contract that is indexed to the Company’s own stock under U.S. GAAP. Therefore, the May Investor Warrants are classified as liabilities rather than as an equity instrument and are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized through operations.

On January 30, 2009, in conjunction with the capital investments, the Company recorded the May Investor Warrants at their fair value of $6.1 million. From the issuance of the May Investor Warrants on January 30, 2009 through September 30, 2011, the Company marked these warrants to market which resulted in a decrease in the liability during this time of $6.1 million. This decrease was recorded as warrant income included in non-interest expense.

At September 30, 2011, the Company’s liabilities to the holders of May Investors Warrants amounted to $2.3 million. The warrant liabilities are included in “other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Treasury Warrants

On January 30, 2009, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury 266,657 shares of Series C fixed rate cumulative non-convertible perpetual preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) and a warrant to purchase up to approximately 6.5 million shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.20 per share (the “Treasury Warrant”) for $266.7 million. The issuance and the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock and Treasury Warrant were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Series C Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5 percent per annum for the first five years, and 9 percent per annum thereafter. The Treasury Warrant became exercisable upon receipt of stockholder approval on May 26, 2009 and has a ten-year term.

Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 and a liquidation value of $1,000 and additional paid in capital attributable to preferred stock at September 30, 2011 is summarized as follows:

 

     Rate     Earliest
Redemption Date
    
Shares

Outstanding
     Preferred
Shares
     Additional
Paid in
Capital
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Series C Preferred Stock, TARP Capital Purchase Program

     5     January 31, 2012         266,657       $ 3       $ 253,342   

On January 30, 2009, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury, 266,657 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock for $266.7 million and the Treasury Warrant. The Series C Preferred Stock and Treasury Warrant qualify as Tier 1 capital. The Series C Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5 percent per annum for the first five years, and 9 percent per annum thereafter. The Treasury Warrant is exercisable over a 10 year period. Because the Company did not have an adequate number of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock at January 30, 2009 or at March 31, 2009, the Company was required to initially classify such Treasury Warrant as a liability and record the Treasury Warrant at its fair value of $27.7 million. Upon receipt of stockholder approval to authorize an adequate number of shares of Common Stock on May 26, 2009, the Company reclassified the Treasury Warrant to stockholder’s equity. The Series C Preferred Stock and additional paid in capital attributable to Series C Preferred Stock was recorded in stockholders’ equity as the difference between the cash received from the U.S. Treasury and the amount initially recorded as a warrant liability, or $239.0 million. The discount on the Series C Preferred Stock is represented by the initial fair value of the Treasury Warrant. This discount is being accreted to additional paid in capital attributable to Series C Preferred Stock over five years using the interest method and such discount is included as a current period expense under preferred stock dividend/accretion in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) for each type of available-for-sale security:

 

     Pre-tax
Amount
    Income Tax
(Expense)
Benefit (1)
    After-Tax
Amount
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)

      

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale,

      

September 30, 2011:

      

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 20,798      $ (20,608   $ 190   

U.S. government sponsored agency securities

     1,467        728        2,195   

2006-1 securitization trust

     (351     (6,108     (6,459
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale

   $ 21,914      $ (25,988   $ (4,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale,

      

December 31, 2010:

      

Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   $ 11,547      $ (20,608   $ (9,061

U.S. government sponsored agency securities

     (930     728        (202

2006-1 securitization trust

     (794     (6,108     (6,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale

   $ 9,823      $ (25,988   $ (16,165
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The income tax (expense) benefit reflects the amount which existed at the time the Company established the valuation allowance for deferred securities that were held at the date disposed or matured.

The following table sets forth the changes to other comprehensive (loss) income and the related tax effect for each component:

 

     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Gain (reclassified to earnings) on sales of securities available-for-sale

   $ —        $ (6,689

Loss (reclassified to earnings) for other-than-temporary impairment on securities available-for-sale

     16,906        3,677   

Unrealized (loss) gain on securities available-for-sale

     (4,815     31,791   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in comprehensive income, net of tax

   $ 12,091      $ 28,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 16 – Loss Per Share

Basic loss per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue Common Stock were exercised and converted into Common Stock or resulted in the issuance of Common Stock that could then share in the loss of the Company.

On May 27, 2010, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Articles to effect a reverse stock split of the Common Stock with the exact exchange ratio and timing of the reverse stock split to be determined at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors approved a 1-for-10 reverse stock split which became effective on May 27, 2010. In lieu of fractional shares, stockholders received cash payments based on the Common Stock’s closing price on May 26, 2010 of $5.00 per share, which reflected the reverse stock split. The par value of the Common Stock remained at $0.01 per share. Unless otherwise indicated, all Common Stock and related per share amounts in these Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are stated on an after-reverse-split basis for all periods presented.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share of Common Stock for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30, 2011
    For the Three Months Ended
September 30, 2010
 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  
     Loss     Weighted
Average  Shares
     Per Share
Amount
    Loss     Weighted
Average Shares
     Per Share
Amount
 

Net loss

   $ (9,480     —         $ —        $ (17,896     —         $ —     

Less: Preferred stock dividend/accretion

     (4,719     —           —          (4,690     —           —     
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Basic Loss Per Share

            (22,586     153,405         (0.15

Net loss applicable to Common Stock

     (14,199     554,489         (0.03       

Effect of Dilutive Securities

              

Warrants

     —          —           —          —          —           —     

Stock-based awards

     —          —           —          —          —           —     

Diluted Loss Per Share

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to Common Stock

   $ (14,199     554,489       $  (0.03)      $ (22,586     153,405       $ (0.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to the loss attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the diluted loss per share calculation excludes all common stock equivalents, including 13,340,448 shares and 7,829,193 shares, respectively, pertaining to warrants and 2,504,072 shares and 748,165 shares, respectively, pertaining to stock-based awards. The inclusion of these securities would be anti-dilutive.

The following tables set forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share of Common Stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2010
 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  
     Loss     Weighted
Average  Shares
     Per Share
Amount
    Loss     Weighted
Average  Shares
     Per Share
Amount
 

Net loss

   $ (106,613     —         $ —        $ (187,433     —         $ —     

Less: Preferred stock dividend/accretion

     (14,148     —           —          (14,059     —           —     
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Basic Loss Per Share

     (120,761     554,000         (0.22     (201,492     128,411         (1.57

Net loss applicable to Common Stock

              

Effect of Dilutive Securities

              

Warrants

     —          —           —          —          —           —     

Stock-based awards

     —          —           —          —          —           —     

Diluted Loss Per Share

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to Common Stock

   $ (120,761     554,000       $ (0.22   $ (201,492     128,411       $ (1.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to the loss attributable to common stockholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the diluted loss per share calculation excludes all common stock equivalents, including 13,340,448 shares and 7,742,255 shares, respectively, pertaining to warrants and 2,588,201 shares and 788,971 shares, respectively, pertaining to stock-based awards. The inclusion of these securities would be anti-dilutive.

Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments

The following derivative financial instruments were identified and recorded at fair value as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

   

Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and other forward loan sale contracts;

 

   

Rate lock commitments;

 

   

Interest rate swap agreements; and

 

   

U.S. Treasury futures and options.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Company hedges the risk of overall changes in the fair value of loans held-for-sale and rate lock commitments generally by selling forward contracts on securities of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. The forward contracts used to economically hedge the loan commitments are accounted for as non-designated hedges and are intended to offset rate lock commitment mark-to-market gains and losses recognized as a component of gain on loan sale. Derivatives are included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company recognized a gain of $26.5 million and $36.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively, on its hedging activity relating to loan commitments and loans held-for-sale. The Company recognized a loss of $21.0 million and $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively, on its hedging activity relating to loan commitments and loans held-for-sale. Additionally, the Company hedges the risk of overall changes in fair value of MSRs through the use of various derivatives including purchase forward contracts on securities of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the purchase/sale of U.S. Treasury futures contracts and options on U.S. Treasury futures contracts. These derivatives are accounted for as non-designated hedges against changes in the fair value of MSRs. The Company recognized a gain of $118.8 million and $54.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively, on MSR fair value hedging activities. The Company recognized a gain of $147.0 million and $103.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively, on MSR fair value hedging activities.

The Company occasionally uses interest rate swap agreements to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk inherent in a portion of the current and anticipated borrowings and advances. A swap agreement is a contract between two parties to exchange cash flows based on specified underlying notional amounts and indices. Under U.S. GAAP, the swap agreements used to hedge the Company’s anticipated borrowings and advances qualify as cash flow hedges. Derivative gains and losses reclassed from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income to current period operations are included in the line item in which the hedge cash flows are recorded. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company derecognized cash flow hedges.

During the third quarter 2011, the Company began to write and purchase interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Derivative instruments are traded over an organized exchange or negotiated over – the – counter. Credit risk associated with exchange – traded contracts is typically assumed by the organized exchange. Over – the – counter contracts are tailored to meet the needs of the counterparties involved and, therefore, contain a greater degree of credit risk and liquidity risk than exchange – traded contracts, which have standardized terms and readily available price information. The Company reduces exposure to credit and liquidity risks from over – the – counter derivative instruments entered into for risk management purposes, and transactions entered into to mitigate the market risk associated with customer – initiated transactions, by conducting such transactions with investment grade domestic and foreign financial institutions and subjecting counterparties to credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures similar to those used in making other extensions of credit. Interest rate swaps are agreements in which two parties periodically exchange fixed cash payments for variable payments based on a designated market rate or index, or variable payments based on two different rates or indices, applied to a specified notional amount until a stated maturity. The Company’s swap agreements are structured such that variable payments are primarily based on LIBOR (one – month, three – month or six – month) or prime. These instruments are principally negotiated over – the – counter and are subject to credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk.

 

41


Table of Contents

The Company had the following derivative financial instruments:

 

0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000
     Notional Amount      Fair Value      Expiration Dates  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

September 30, 2011

        

Assets

        

Mortgage banking derivatives:

        

Rate lock commitments

   $ 4,898,030       $ 89,998         2012   

U.S. Treasury and agency forwards

     1,589,100         11,416         2012   

Customer-initiated derivatives:

        

Interest rate swaps

     29,000         2,610         2024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total derivative assets

   $ 6,516,130       $ 104,024      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Liabilities

        

Mortgage banking derivatives:

        

Forward agency and loan sales

   $ 6,003,263       $ 60,771         2012   

Customer-initiated derivatives:

        

Interest rate swaps

     29,000         2,610         2024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total derivative liabilities

   $ 6,032,263       $ 63,381      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

December 31, 2010

  

Assets

        

Mortgage banking derivatives:

        

Rate lock commitments

   $ 1,721,739       $ 14,396         2011   

Forward agency and loan sales

     3,942,673         35,820         2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total derivative assets

   $ 5,664,412       $ 50,216      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Liabilities

        

Mortgage servicing rights

        

U.S. Treasury and agency futures

   $ 2,770,000       $ 9,088         2011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total derivative liabilities

   $ 2,770,000       $ 9,088      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Derivative assets and derivative liabilities are included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in “other assets” and “other liabilities,” respectively.

Customer – initiated derivatives. During the third quarter 2011, the Company began to write and purchase interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Fee income is earned from entering into various transactions at the request of customer (customer – initiated contracts) interest rate swap contracts. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are used primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers that enables them to manage interest rate risk exposure. For customer-initiated interest rate swap contracts, the Company mitigates most of the inherent market risk by taking offsetting positions. Market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. These limits are established annually and reviewed quarterly. Fair values of customer – initiated derivative financial instruments represent the net unrealized gains or losses on such contracts and are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition in “other assets” and “other liabilities.” Changes in fair value are recognized in “other non-interest income” on the Consolidated Statements of Income. There was no net gains (losses) recognized in income on customer – initiated derivative instruments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Counterparty credit risk. The Bank is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to its various derivative financial instruments. The Company manages this risk by selecting only well-established, financially strong counterparties, spreading the credit risk among such counterparties, and by placing contractual limits on the amount of unsecured credit risk from any single counterparty.

 

42


Table of Contents

Note 18 – Segment Information

The Company’s operations are generally conducted through two business segments: banking and home lending. Each business operates under the same banking charter but is reported on a segmented basis for this report. Each of the business lines is complementary to each other. The banking operation includes the gathering of deposits and investing those deposits in duration-matched assets primarily originated by the home lending operation. The banking group holds these loans in the investment portfolio in order to earn income based on the difference or “spread” between the interest earned on loans and the interest paid for deposits and other borrowed funds. The home lending operation involves the origination, packaging, and sale of loans in order to receive transaction income. The lending operation also services mortgage loans for others and sells MSRs into the secondary market. Funding for the lending operation is provided by deposits and borrowings garnered by the banking group. All of the non-bank consolidated subsidiaries are included in the banking segment. No such subsidiary is material to the Company’s overall operations.

The following table presents financial information by business segment for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Bank
Operations
    Home
Lending

Operations
    Elimination     Combined  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income

   $ (20,925   $ 86,539      $ —        $ 65,614   

Gain on sale revenue

     —          121,656        —          121,656   

Other (expense) income

     (6,297     (2,807     —          (9,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and non-interest income

     (27,222     205,388        —          178,166   

(Loss) earnings before federal income taxes

     (167,639     158,423        —          (9,216

Depreciation and amortization

     1,460        2,246        —          3,706   

Capital expenditures

     737        8,947        —          9,684   

Identifiable assets

     11,643,634        5,025,395        (2,935,000     13,734,029   

Inter-segment income (expense)

     22,013        (22,013     —          —     
     For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Bank
Operations
    Home
Lending

Operations
    Elimination     Combined  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income

   $ (11,710   $ 62,914      $ —        $ 51,204   

Gain on sale revenue

     —          112,370        —          112,370   

Other income (expense)

     11,263        21,255        —          32,518   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and non-interest income

     (447     196,539        —          196,092   

(Loss) earnings before federal income taxes

     (163,797     145,901        —          (17,896

Depreciation and amortization

     2,346        2,088        —          4,434   

Capital expenditures

     150        2,681        —          2,831   

Identifiable assets

     11,829,202        4,127,371        (2,120,000     13,836,573   

Inter-segment income (expense)

     15,900        (15,900     —          —     

 

43


Table of Contents
00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000
     For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Bank
Operations
    Home
Lending

Operations
    Elimination     Combined  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income

   $ 69,795      $ 99,716      $ —        $ 169,511   

Gain on sale revenue

     —          209,203        —          209,203   

Other income

     6,019        51,673        —          57,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and non-interest income

     75,814        360,592        —          436,406   

Loss before federal income taxes

     (278,620     172,799        —          (105,821

Depreciation and amortization

     4,437        6,434        —          10,871   

Capital expenditures

     1,425        27,713        —          29,138   

Identifiable assets

     11,643,634        5,025,395        (2,935,000     13,734,029   

Inter-segment income (expense)

     68,955        (68,955     —          —     
     For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010  
     Bank
Operations
    Home
Lending

Operations
    Elimination     Combined  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net interest income

   $ 59,172      $ 85,355      $ —        $ 144,527   

Gain on sale revenue

     6,689        292,062        —          298,751   

Other income (expense)

     34,351        (15,885     —          18,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net interest income and non-interest income

     100,212        361,532        —          461,744   

Loss before federal income taxes

     (364,816     177,383        —          (187,433

Depreciation and amortization

     5,868        7,880          13,748   

Capital expenditures

     27,842        (20,688       7,154   

Identifiable assets

     11,829,202        4,127,371        (2,120,000     13,386,573   

Inter-segment income (expense)

     56,963        (56,963     —          —     

Revenues are comprised of net interest income (before the provision for loan losses) and non-interest income. Non-interest expenses are fully allocated to each business segment. The intersegment income (expense) consists of interest expense incurred for intersegment borrowing.

Note 19 – Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation

For the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $5.4 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

Incentive Compensation Plan

Each year the compensation committee of the Board of Directors decides which employees of the Company, who are not executive officers, will be eligible to participate in the Incentive Compensation Plan and the size of the bonus pool. The Company incurred expenses of $1.5 million and $4.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded no expense and a reversal of previously recorded expense of $3.6 million, respectively.

 

44


Table of Contents

Note 20 – Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

The Company and certain subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business or operations. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, the Company, together with subsidiaries, believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding legal proceedings, including the matters described below, and with respect to such legal proceedings, intends to continue to defend itself vigorously, litigating or settling cases according to management’s judgment as to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. On a case-by-case basis, reserves are established for those legal claims as to which the Company believes it is probable that a loss may be incurred and that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated.

Resolution of legal claims are inherently dependent on the specific facts and circumstances of each specific case, and therefore the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved. Based on current knowledge, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that current reserves are adequate and the amount of any incremental liability that may otherwise arise is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Certain legal claims considered by the Company in its analysis of the sufficiency of its related reserves include the following:

In February 2010, the Company was named in a putative class action alleging that it violated its fiduciary duty pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) to employees who participated in the Company’s 401(k) plan (“Plan”) by continuing to offer Company stock as an investment option after investment in the stock allegedly ceased to be prudent. On July 16, 2010, the Company moved to dismiss the complaint and asserted, among other things, that the Plan’s investment in employer stock was protected by a presumption of prudence under ERISA, and that plaintiff’s allegations failed to overcome such presumption. The parties submitted relevant materials to the court as of February 2, 2011, and on March 31, 2011, the court granted the Company’s motion and dismissed the case. The plaintiffs have filed an appellate brief with the court and the Company has filed its reply brief. The Company does not expect a court ruling on this matter until 2012.

In August 2010, the Bank was named in a collective action lawsuit alleging that it improperly classified its mortgage underwriters as exempt employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”), and thereby failed to properly compensate them for overtime. Collective action certification was agreed upon after certain categories of employees were excluded from the class. A notice to employees to “opt in” to the collective action was distributed in mid-February, with a response required within the subsequent 60-day period. A total of 54 plaintiffs “opted in” to the collective action in addition to the named plaintiff. In April 2011, the parties agreed to settle the matter for $250,000 inclusive of attorneys’ fees and costs, contingent upon there being 10 or less plaintiffs that reject the settlement within 30 days of being notified of the terms. Plaintiffs did not object and the action is now settled.

From time to time, governmental agencies conduct investigations or examinations of various mortgage related practices of the Bank. Currently, ongoing investigations relate to whether the Bank violated laws or regulations relating to mortgage origination or servicing practices and to whether its practices with regard to servicing residential first mortgage loans are adequate. The Bank is cooperating with such agencies and providing information as requested. In addition, the Bank has increasingly been named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former borrowers relating to the origination, purchase, sale and servicing of mortgage loans.

In the normal course, the Bank receives repurchase and indemnification demands from counterparties involved with the purchase of residential first mortgages for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. The Bank establishes a secondary marketing reserve in connection with the estimated potential liability for such potential demands.

In 2009 and 2010, the Bank received repurchase demands from Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance Inc. (“Assured”), with respect to HELOCs that were sold by the Bank in connection with the HELOC securitizations. Assured is the note insurer for each of the two HELOC securitizations completed by the Bank. The Bank provided detailed rebuttals to these demands. In April 2011, Assured filed a lawsuit against the Company, alleging a breach of various loan-level representations and warranties and seeking relief for breach of contract, as well as full indemnification and reimbursement of amounts that it had paid under the respective insurance policy (which amounts were estimated by Assured to be in excess of $80 million), plus interest and costs. In May 2011, the Company filed a motion with the court to dismiss the lawsuit, asserting Assured was limited to the sole remedy of transferring deficiency amounts to the related securitization trust under the terms of the agreements, and that with regard to charged off loans, the deficiency amount is defined to be zero. On July 7, 2011, the court issued its order on the motion, dismissing Assured’s claims for indemnification and reimbursement, but allowing the case to proceed on the breach of contract claims. However, the court further limited Assured’s breach of contract claims to those related to enforcing the Company’s “cure or repurchase” obligations.

 

45


Table of Contents

When establishing a reserve for contingent liabilities, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is both probable and estimable, and records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. As of September 30, 2011, such reserve was $0.2 million. In addition, within the secondary marketing reserve, the Bank includes loans sold to the non-agency securitization trusts. There may be further losses that could arise but the occurrence of which is not probable or reasonably estimable, and therefore such amounts are not required to be recognized. The Company estimates that such further losses could amount up to $30 million in the aggregate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and based upon information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Company believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the Company and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Condition, results of operations, or liquidity, for any particular period.

Contingencies and Commitments

A summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments is as follows:

 

     September 30,      December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit:

     

Mortgage loans

   $ 4,898,000       $ 1,722,000   

HELOC trust commitments

     68,000         76,000   

Standby and commercial letters of credit

     38,000         41,000   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. Certain lending commitments for mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary market are considered derivative instruments in accordance with accounting guidance ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Changes to the fair value of these commitments as a result of changes in interest rates are recorded on the Statements of Financial Condition as an other asset. The commitments related to mortgage loans are included in mortgage loans in the above table.

The Company enters into forward contracts for the future delivery or purchase of agency and loan sale contracts. These contracts are considered to be derivative instruments under U.S. GAAP. Further discussion on derivative instruments is included in Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments.

The Company has unfunded commitments under its contractual arrangement with the HELOC securitization trusts to fund future advances on the underlying home equity lines of credit. Refer to further discussion of this issue as presented in Note 9 – Private-label Securitization Activity.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party.

The credit risk associated with loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The guarantee liability for standby and commercial letters of credit was $8.0 million at September 30, 2011 and $3.8 million at December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Where we say “we,” “us,” or “our,” we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to “we,” “us,” or “our” will include our wholly-owned subsidiary Flagstar Bank, FSB, and Flagstar Capital Markets Corporation (“FCMC”), its wholly-owned subsidiary, which we collectively refer to as the “Bank.”

General

We are a Michigan-based savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank. At September 30, 2011, our total assets were $13.7 billion, making Flagstar the largest publicly held savings bank in the Midwest and one of the top 15 largest savings banks in the United States. We are considered a controlled company for New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) purposes because MP Thrift Investments, L.P. (“MP Thrift”) held approximately 64.2 percent of our common stock as of September 30, 2011.

As a savings and loan holding company, we are subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Indianapolis and is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) of the United States Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”). The Bank is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”).

We operate 162 banking centers (of which 27 are located in retail stores), including 113 located in Michigan, 22 located in Indiana and 27 located in Georgia. During the third quarter 2011, we have entered into an agreement for the sale or lease of the 27 banking centers in Georgia to PNC Bank, N.A., part of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) and 22 banking centers in Indiana to First Financial Bank, N.A. (“First Financial”). Of the 162 banking centers, 98 facilities are owned and 64 facilities are leased. Through our banking centers, we gather deposits and offer a line of consumer and commercial financial products and services to individuals and to small and middle market businesses. We also gather deposits on a nationwide basis through our website, FlagstarDirect.com, and provide deposit and cash management services to governmental units on a relationship basis throughout our markets. We leverage our banking centers and internet banking to cross-sell other products to existing customers and increase our customer base. At September 30, 2011, we had a total of $8.1 billion in deposits, including $5.5 billion in retail deposits, $1.0 million in government funds, $0.6 million in wholesale deposits and $1.0 million in company-controlled deposits.

We also operate 29 loan origination centers located in 14 states, which originate one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans as part of our retail home lending business. These offices employ approximately 170 loan officers. We also originate retail loans through referrals from our 162 retail banking centers, consumer direct call center and our website, flagstar.com. Additionally, we have wholesale relationships with almost 2,000 mortgage brokers and approximately 1,200 correspondents, which are located in all 50 states and serviced by 136 account executives. The combination of our retail, broker and correspondent channels gives us broad access to customers across diverse geographies to originate, fulfill, sell and service our residential first mortgage loan products. Our servicing activities primarily include collecting cash for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers, and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors and escrow payments to third parties.

The Bank is continuing its on-going strategic initiatives to increase commercial lending, as well as other mortgage related initiatives, towards achieving its vision of transforming to a super community bank by expanding the commercial banking division and by extending commercial lending to the New England region. Management believes the expansion will allow the Bank to leverage its retail banking franchise, and that the commercial lending businesses should complement existing operations and contribute to the establishment of a diversified mix of revenue streams.

Our earnings include net interest income from our retail banking activities, fee-based income from services we provide customers, and non-interest income from sales of residential first mortgage loans to the secondary market, the servicing of loans for others, and the sale of servicing rights related to mortgage loans serviced for others. Approximately 97.0 percent of our total loan originations during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 represented mortgage loans that were collateralized by residential first mortgages on single-family residences and were eligible for sale through U.S. government-sponsored entities, or GSEs (a term generally used to refer collectively or singularly to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac) and Ginnie Mae.

At September 30, 2011, we had 3,299 full-time equivalent salaried employees of which 306 were account executives and loan officers.

 

47


Table of Contents

Operating Segments

Our business is comprised of two operating segments—banking and home lending. Our banking operation currently offers a line of consumer and commercial financial products and services to individuals, small and middle market businesses and large corporate borrowers. Our home lending operation originates, acquires, sells and services mortgage loans on one-to-four family residences. Each operating segment supports and complements the operations of the other, with funding for the home lending operation primarily provided by deposits and borrowings obtained through the banking operation. Financial information regarding our two operating segments is set forth in Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. A discussion of our two operating segments is set forth below.

Bank Operations

Our deposit-related banking operation is composed of two delivery channels: Retail Banking and Government Banking.

 

   

Retail Banking consists of 162 banking centers located throughout Michigan and also in Indiana (principally in the Indianapolis metropolitan area) and Georgia (principally in the north Atlanta suburbs). However, we have entered into an agreement for the sale or lease of the 27 banking centers in Georgia to PNC and 22 banking centers in Indiana to First Financial.

 

   

Government Banking is engaged in providing deposit and cash management services to governmental units on a relationship basis throughout Michigan, Indiana and Georgia.

In addition to deposits, our banking operation may borrow funds by obtaining advances from the FHLB or other federally backed institutions or by entering into repurchase agreements with correspondent banks using investments as collateral.

Our banking operation may invest these funds in a variety of consumer and commercial loan products. Commercial and industrial loans, consumer direct financing leases (specialty lending) and various other financial products are available to small and middle market business, as well as large corporate borrowers.

Home Lending Operations 

Our home lending operation originates, acquires, sells and services one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans. The origination or acquisition of residential first mortgage loans constitutes our most significant lending activity. At September 30, 2011, approximately 49.1 percent of interest-earning assets were held in residential first mortgage loans on single-family residences.

During 2010 and continuing into 2011, we were one of the country’s leading mortgage loan originators. Three production channels were utilized to originate or acquire mortgage loans—Retail, Broker and Correspondent. Each production channel produces similar mortgage loan products and applies, in most instances, the same underwriting standards. We expect to continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process and bring service and convenience to brokers and correspondents. Eight sales support offices were maintained that assist brokers and correspondents nationwide. We also continue to make increasing use of the Internet as a tool to facilitate the mortgage loan origination process through each of our production channels. Brokers, correspondents and home loan centers are able to register and lock loans, check the status of in-process inventory, deliver documents in electronic format, generate closing documents, and request funds through the Internet. Virtually all mortgage loans that closed in 2011 used the Internet in the completion of the mortgage origination or acquisition process.

 

(1) Retail. In a retail transaction, loans are originated through a nationwide network of stand-alone home loan centers, as well as referrals from our retail banking centers and the national call center. When loans are originated on a retail basis, the origination documentation is completed inclusive of customer disclosures and other aspects of the lending process and funding of the transaction is completed internally. At September 30, 2011, we maintained 29 home loan centers. At the same time, our centralized loan processing gained efficiencies and allowed lending staff to focus on originations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 we closed $1.2 billion of loans utilizing this origination channel, which equaled 7.1 percent of total originations as compared to $1.4 billion or 8.3 percent of total originations for the same period in 2010.

 

(2) Broker. In a broker transaction, an unaffiliated mortgage brokerage company completes the loan paperwork, but the loans are underwritten on a loan-level basis to our underwriting standards and we supply the funding for the loan at closing (also known as “table funding”) thereby becoming the lender of record. Currently, we have active broker relationships with over 1,900 mortgage brokerage companies located in all 50 states. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we closed $5.0 billion utilizing this origination channel, which equaled 30.2 percent of total originations, as compared to $6.0 billion or 34.6 percent for the same period in 2010.

 

48


Table of Contents
(1) Correspondent. In a correspondent transaction, an unaffiliated mortgage company completes the loan paperwork and also supplies the funding for the loan at closing. After the mortgage company has funded the transaction, the loan is acquired, usually by us paying the mortgage company a market price for the loan. Unlike several competitors, we do not generally acquire loans in “bulk” amounts from correspondents but rather we acquire each loan on a loan-level basis and each loan is required to be originated to our underwriting guidelines. We have active correspondent relationships with over 1,200 companies, including banks and mortgage companies, located in all 50 states. Over the years, we have developed a competitive advantage as a warehouse lender, wherein lines of credit to mortgage companies are provided to fund loans. We believe warehouse lending is not only a profitable, stand-alone business for the Company, but also provides valuable synergies within our correspondent channel. We believe that offering warehouse lines has provided a competitive advantage in the small to midsize correspondent channel and has helped grow and build the correspondent business in a profitable manner. (For example, for the nine months period ended September 30, 2011, warehouse lines funded over 65 percent of the loans in our correspondent channel.) We plan to continue to leverage warehouse lending as a customer retention and acquisition tool throughout the remainder of 2011. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we closed $10.3 billion utilizing the correspondent origination channel, which equaled 62.7 percent of total originations compared to $9.9 billion or 57.1 percent originated for the same period in 2010.

Underwriting

During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we primarily originated residential first mortgage loans for sale that conformed to the respective underwriting guidelines established by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae (each “an Agency” or collectively “the Agencies”). During the third quarter there was an increase in the held-for-investment loan portfolio which was driven by our jumbo loan program offering. The program has credit parameters, including maximum loan-to-value (“LTV”) of 80 percent and a minimum FICO of 700, with a maximum loan limit of $2.0 million. Otherwise, in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 additional loans in the held-for-investment loan portfolio were comprised of either loans that were repurchased or, on a very limited basis, loans that were originated to facilitate the sale of our real estate owned (“REO”).

Residential first mortgage loans

At September 30, 2011, most of our held-for-investment residential first mortgage loans represented loans that were originated in 2008 or prior years with underwriting criteria that varied by product and with the standards in place at the time of origination. The increase in the loans that were originated in 2009 compared to the loans originated in 2010 was primarily due to a $81.0 million reclassification of residential first mortgage loans originated as available-for-sale loans to the loans classified as held-for-investment.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the residential first mortgage loans in our held-for-investment portfolio at September 30, 2011, by year of origination.

 

Year of Origination

   2008 and
Prior
    2009     2010     2011     Total  
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Unpaid principal balance (1)

   $ 3,383,105      $ 64,847      $ 185,461      $ 183,301      $ 3,816,714   

Average note rate

     4.59     5.19     4.85     4.18     4.59

Average original FICO score

     715        699        707        767        717   

Average original loan-to-value ratio

     75.3     84.7     75.3     65.7     75.0

Average original combined loan-to-value ratio

     72.0     81.9     67.9     66.3     71.7

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)

     94.5     93.1     80.0     66.0     92.4

Underwritten with low or stated income documentation

     39.0     2.0     —       —       35.0

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) The housing price index (“HPI”) LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) data as of June 30, 2011.

Residential first mortgage loans are underwritten on a loan-by-loan basis rather than on a pool basis. Generally, residential first mortgage loans produced through our production channels are reviewed by one of our in-house loan underwriters or by a contract underwriter employed by a mortgage insurance company. However, a limited number of our correspondents have been delegated underwriting authority but this has not comprised more than 16 percent of the loans originated in any year. In all cases, loans must be underwritten to our underwriting standards. Any loan not underwritten by our employees must be warranted by the underwriter’s employer, which may be a mortgage insurance company or a correspondent mortgage company with delegated underwriting authority.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following table identifies our held-for-investment mortgages by major category, at September 30, 2011. Loans categorized as subprime were initially originated for sale and comprised only 0.1 percent of the portfolio of first liens.

 

000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance (1)
     Average
Note
Rate
    Average
Original
FICO
Score
     Average
Original
Loan-to-Value
Ratio
    Weighted
Average
Maturity
     Housing
Price
Index LTV, as
recalculated (2)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential first mortgage loans:

               

Amortizing:

               

3/1 ARM

   $ 154,374         3.37     690         72.4     277         87.8

5/1 ARM

     538,296         3.86     724         66.4     301         79.8

7/1 ARM

     50,560         4.69     734         69.9     318         91.0

Other ARM

     76,528         3.67     690         70.4     287         80.2

Other amortizing

     1,074,650         5.49     707         72.2     287         93.8

Interest only:

               

3/1 ARM

     233,081         3.51     723         73.1     277         91.3

5/1 ARM

     952,972         3.96     724         72.9     288         90.7

7/1 ARM

     80,310         6.36     731         72.8     309         104.5

Other ARM

     46,695         3.40     723         75.0     280         99.0

Other interest only

     527,133         5.28     722         74.3     258         102.6

Option ARMs

     91,291         5.48     720         77.8     322         116.6

Subprime

               

3/1 ARM

     50         10.30     685         92.0     289         76.2

Other ARM

     496         8.64     596         89.7     308         108.1

Other subprime

     278         9.04     535         63.2     296         72.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential first mortgage loans

   $ 3,816,714         4.59     717         72.0     286         92.4

Second mortgage loans

   $ 146,446         8.22     734         18.3 %(3)      134         24.2 %(4) 

HELOC loans

   $ 221,211         5.26     733         21.6 %(3)      54         28.0 %(4) 

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts
(2) The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of June 30, 2011.
(3) Reflects LTV because these are second liens.
(4) Does not reflect any residential first mortgages that may be outstanding. Instead, incorporates current loan balance as a portion of current HPI value.

The following table sets forth characteristics of those loans in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio as of September 30, 2011 that were originated with less documentation than is currently required. Loans as to which underwriting information was accepted from a borrower without validating that particular item of information are referred to as “low doc” or “stated.” Substantially all of those loans were underwritten with verification of employment but with the related job income or personal assets, or both, stated by the borrower without verification of actual amount. Those loans may have additional elements of risk because information provided by the borrower in connection with the loan was limited. Loans as to which underwriting information was supported by third party documentation or procedures are referred to as “full doc” and the information therein is referred to as “verified.” Also set forth are different types of loans that may have a higher risk of non-collection than other loans.

 

50


Table of Contents
     Low Doc  
     % of Held-for-
Investment  Portfolio
    Unpaid Principal
Balance (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Characteristics:

    

SISA (stated income, stated asset)

     2.07   $ 130,688   

SIVA (stated income, verified assets)

     13.98     884,405   

High LTV (i.e., at or above 95% at origination)

     0.13     8,497   

Second lien products (HELOCs, Second mortgages)

     1.72     108,506   

Loan types:

    

Option ARM loans

     1.01   $ 63,634   

Interest-only loans

     12.43     786,155   

Subprime (2)

     0.01     371   

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) Includes loans with a FICO score of less than 620.

Adjustable-rate mortgages loans. Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARM”) loans held-for-investment were originated using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines as a base framework, and the debt-to-income ratio guidelines and documentation typically followed the AUS guidelines. Our underwriting guidelines were designed with the intent to minimize layered risk.

At September 30, 2011, of our portfolio of ARM loans we had $91.3 million of option power ARM loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio. Option power ARM loans permit a borrower to vary the monthly payment, including paying an amount that excludes interest otherwise due which is then added to the unpaid principal balance of the loan (a process referred to as “negative amortization”). The amount of negative amortization reflected in such loan balances for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $7.7 million. The maximum balance that all option power ARMs could reach cumulatively is $140.9 million.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of our ARM loans in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2011, by year of origination.

 

      2008 and
Prior
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
Total
 
Year of Origination    (Dollars in thousands)  

Unpaid principal balance (1)

   $ 2,067,928      $ 11,232      $ 17,274      $ 118,220      $ 2,214,654   

Average note rate

     4.00     5.13     3.98     3.77     3.99

Average original FICO score

     718        694        745        765        721   

Average original loan-to-value ratio

     75.0     83.0     74.1     65.5     74.6

Average original combined loan-to-value ratio

     71.4     85.5     69.4     65.8     71.1

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)

     90.8     96.2     76.2     65.4     89.3

Underwritten with low or stated income documentation

     36.0     12.0     —       —       33.0

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of June 30, 2011.

 

51


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a table describing specific characteristics of option power ARMs in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2011, which were originated in 2008 or prior.

 

      2008 and Prior  
Year of Origination    (Dollars in thousands)  

Unpaid principal balance (1)

   $ 91,291   

Average note rate

     5.48

Average original FICO score

     720   

Average original loan-to-value ratio

     71.7

Average original combined loan-to-value ratio

     78.4

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)

     116.6

Underwritten with low or stated income documentation

   $ 63,634   

Total principal balance with any accumulated negative amortization

   $ 81,376   

Percentage of total ARMS with any accumulated negative amortization

     3.7

Amount of net negative amortization (i.e., deferred interest) accumulated as interest income during the nine months ended September 30, 2011

   $ 7,665   

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of June 30, 2011.

Set forth below are the accumulated amounts of interest income arising from the net negative amortization portion of loans during the nine months ended September 30:

 

     Unpaid Principal Balance of
Loans in Negative Amortization
At Period End (1)
     Amount of Net Negative
Amortization Accumulated as
Interest Income  During Period
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2011

   $ 81,376       $ 7,665   

2010

   $ 231,013       $ 15,235   

2009

   $ 271,246       $ 16,077   

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.

Set forth below are the frequencies at which the ARM loans outstanding at September 30, 2011, will reprice:

 

      # of Loans      Balance      % of the Total  
Reset frequency    (Dollars in thousands)  

Monthly

     134       $ 28,115         1.3

Semi-annually

     1,019         417,759         18.7

Annually

     6,307         1,567,868         70.3

No reset – non-performing loans

     797         217,998         9.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8,257       $ 2,231,740         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Set forth below as of September 30, 2011, are the amounts of the ARM loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio with interest rate reset dates in the periods noted. As noted in the above table, loans may reset more than once over a three-year period. Accordingly, the table below may include the same loans in more than one period:

 

     1st Quarter      2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

2011

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 385,867   

2012

     648,371         444,145         255,876         532,795   

2013

     755,480         476,306         264,495         550,678   

Later years (1)

     793,124         531,820         407,318         655,689   

 

(1) Later years reflect one reset period per loan.
(2) Reflects loans that have reset through September 30, 2011.

Interest only mortgage loans. Both adjustable and fixed term loans were offered with a 10 year interest only option. These loans were originated using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines as a base framework. We generally applied the debt to income ratio guidelines and documentation using the AUS Approve/Reject response requirements.

 

52


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the interest-only mortgage loans at the dates indicated in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at September 30, 2011, by year of origination.

 

$28,527 $28,527 $28,527 $28,527 $28,527
     2008 and
Prior
   
2009
   
2010
    2011    
Total
 
Year of Origination    (Dollars in thousands)  

Unpaid principal balance (1)

   $ 1,801,125      $ 540      $ 28,527      $ —        $ 1,830,192   

Average note rate (2)

     4.37     3.75     4.41     —       4.37

Average original FICO score

     724        672        726        —          724   

Average original loan-to-value ratio

     74.4     79.2     69.9     —       74.3

Average original combined loan-to-value ratio

     73.2     58.0     67.4     —       73.1

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)

     95.2     75.8     87.1     —       95.1

Underwritten with low or stated Income documentation

     39.0     —       —       —       39.0

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) As described earlier, interest only loans placed in portfolio in 2010 comprise loans that were initially originated for sale. There are two loans in this population.
(3) The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of June 30, 2011.

Second mortgage loans. The majority of second mortgages we originated were closed in conjunction with the closing of the residential first mortgages originated by us. We generally required the same levels of documentation and ratios as with our residential first mortgages. For second mortgages closed in conjunction with a residential first mortgage loan that was not being originated by us, our allowable debt-to-income ratios for approval of the second mortgages were capped at 40 percent to 45 percent. In the case of a loan closing in which full documentation was required and the loan was being used to acquire the borrower’s primary residence, we allowed a combined loan-to-value (“CLTV”) ratio of up to 100 percent; for similar loans that also contained higher risk elements, we limited the maximum CLTV to 90 percent. FICO floors ranged from 620 to 720, and fixed and adjustable rate loans were available with terms ranging from five to 20 years.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the second mortgage loans in our held-for-investment portfolio at September 30, 2011, by year of origination.

 

$28,527 $28,527 $28,527 $28,527 $28,527
      Prior to 2008     2009     2010     2011     Total  

Year of Origination

   (Dollars in thousands)  

Unpaid principal balance (1)

   $ 143,431      $ 1,596      $ 1,342      $ 77      $ 146,446   

Average note rate

     8.25     6.97     6.53     7.33     8.22

Average original FICO score

     734        718        708        705        734   

Average original loan-to-value ratio

     19.9     16.9     19.2     14.6     19.8

Average original combined loan-to-value ratio

     80.8     90.2     76.1     94.0     80.9

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (2)

     24.3     18.9     16.9     14.2     24.2

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of June 30, 2011.

HELOC loans. The majority of home equity line of credit (“HELOCs”) were closed in conjunction with the closing of related residential first mortgage loans originated and serviced by us. Documentation requirements for HELOC applications were generally the same as those required of borrowers for the residential first mortgage loans originated by us, and debt-to-income ratios were capped at 50 percent. For HELOCs closed in conjunction with the closing of a residential first mortgage loan that was not being originated by us, our debt-to-income ratio requirements were capped at 40 percent to 45 percent and the LTV was capped at 80 percent. The qualifying payment varied over time and included terms such as either 0.75 percent of the line amount or the interest only payment due on the full line based on the current rate plus 0.5 percent. HELOCs were available in conjunction with primary residence transactions that required full documentation, and the borrower was allowed a CLTV ratio of up to 100 percent, for similar loans that also contained higher risk elements, we limited the maximum CLTV to 90 percent. FICO floors ranged from 620 to 720. The HELOC terms called for monthly interest-only payments with a balloon principal payment due at the end of 10 years. At times, initial teaser rates were offered for the first three months.

 

53


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the HELOCs in our held-for-investment portfolio at September 30, 2011, by year of origination.

 

      2008 and
Prior
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
    Total  
Year of Origination    (Dollars in thousands)  

Unpaid principal balance (1)

   $ 201,860      $ 708      $ 17,106      $ 1,537      $ 221,211   

Average note rate (2)

     5.27     5.79     5.14     4.03     5.26

Average original FICO score

     733        N/A        727        764        733   

Average original loan-to-value ratio

     25.1     24.0     25.2     39.6     25.2

Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)

     28.4     13.1     24.1     28.8     28.0

N/A – Not available

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2) Average note rate reflects the rate that is currently in effect. As these loans adjust on a monthly basis, the average note rate could increase, but would not decrease, as in the current market, the floor rate on virtually all of the loans is in effect.
(3) The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of June 30, 2011.

Warehouse lending. We also continue to offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders. These allow the lender to fund the closing of residential first mortgage loans. Each extension or drawdown on the line is collateralized by the residential first mortgage loan being funded, and in many cases, we subsequently acquire that loan. Underlying mortgage loans predominately are originated based on GSE underwriting standards. These lines of credit are, in most cases, personally guaranteed by one or more qualified principal officers of the borrower. The aggregate amount of warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at September 30, 2011, was $1.9 billion, of which $1.0 billion was outstanding, as compared to, $1.9 billion granted at December 31, 2010, of which $720.8 million was outstanding. As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our warehouse lines funded over 65 percent of the loans in our correspondent channel. There were 291 warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders with an average size of $3.5 million at September 30, 2011, compared to 289 warehouse lines of credit with an average size of $6.5 million at December 31, 2010.

The following table identifies our warehouse lending portfolio by selected criteria at September 30, 2011.

 

     Unpaid
Principal
Balance(1)
    Average
Note Rate
   Loans on
Non-accrual Status
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Warehouse lines of credit:

       

Adjustable rate

   $ 1,013,403      5.57%    $ 28   
       

 

 

 

Net deferred fees and other

     (17,740     
  

 

 

      

Total warehouse lines of credit

   $ 995,663        
  

 

 

      

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include net deferred fees, premiums or discounts, and other.

 

54


Table of Contents

Commercial Loans

In the second quarter 2011, we commenced a series of initiatives to increase our commercial lending presence, including the origination of new commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans. By expanding commercial lending into the New England region, in addition to the team of commercial lenders in Michigan, management believes we can leverage the existing retail banking network and banking franchise, providing a complement to existing operations and contributing to the establishment of a diversified mix of revenue streams. In commercial lending, ongoing credit management is dependent upon the type and nature of the loan and we monitor significant exposures on a regular basis. Internal risk ratings are assigned at the time of each loan approval and are assessed and updated with each monitoring event. The frequency of the monitoring event is dependent upon the size and complexity of the individual credit, but in no case less frequently than every 12 months. Current commercial real estate collateral values are updated more frequently if deemed necessary as a result of impairments of specific loan or other credit or borrower specific issues. We continually review and adjust our risk rating criteria and rating determination process based on actual experience. This review and analysis process also contributes to the determination of an appropriate allowance for loan loss amount for our commercial loan portfolio.

The following table identifies our commercial loan portfolio by major category and selected criteria at September 30, 2011.

 

     Unpaid
Principal
Balance(1)
    Average
Note Rate
    Loans on
Non-accrual Status
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial real estate loans:

      

Fixed rate

   $ 838,263        5.94   $ 51,186   

Adjustable rate

     436,461        5.27     40,623   
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate loans

     1,274,724        $ 91,809   
      

 

 

 

Net deferred fees and other

     (5,846    
  

 

 

     

Total commercial real estate loans

   $ 1,268,878       
  

 

 

     

Commercial and industrial loans:

      

Fixed rate

   $ 167,527        3.93   $ —     

Adjustable rate

     56,328        6.73     98   
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial loans

     223,855        $ 98   
      

 

 

 

Net deferred fees and other

     10,293       
  

 

 

     

Total commercial and industrial loans

   $ 234,148       
  

 

 

     

Commercial lease financing loans:

      

Fixed rate

   $ 44,257        4.04   $ —     
      

 

 

 

Net deferred fees and other

     (1,747    
  

 

 

     

Total commercial lease financing loans

   $ 42,510       
  

 

 

     

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include net deferred fees, premiums or discounts, and other.

The following table describes the unpaid principal balance of our commercial loan portfolio at September 30, 2011, by year of origination.

 

      2008 and
Prior
     2009      2010      2011      Total  
Year of Origination         (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial real estate loans(1)

      $ 964,850       $ 19,307       $ 32,277       $ 258,290       $ 1,274,724   

Commercial and industrial loans

      $ 6,089       $ 232       $ 581       $ 216,953       $ 223,855   

Commercial lease financing loans

      $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 44,257       $ 44,257   
(1) During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we sold $52.6 million in non-performing commercial real estate loans and charged-off $97.0 million.

At September 30, 2011, our commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled $1.3 billion, or 18.6 percent of our investment loan portfolio, our commercial and industrial loan portfolio was $234.1 million, or 3.4 percent of our investment loan portfolio, and our commercial lease financing totaled $42.5 million, or 0.6 percent of our investment loan portfolio. At December 31, 2010, our commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled $1.3 billion, or 19.8 percent of our investment loan portfolio, and our commercial and industrial loan portfolio was $8.9 million, or 0.1 percent of our investment loan portfolio.

At September 30, 2011, our total commercial loans were geographically concentrated, with approximately $601.0 million (39.0 percent) of unpaid principal balance on commercial loans located in Michigan, $173.8 million (11.3 percent) located in the New England region, $140.7 million (9.1 percent) located in Georgia and $138.8 million (9.0 percent) located in California.

The average loan balance in our total commercial portfolio was approximately $1.5 million for the first nine months ended September 30, 2011, with the largest loan being $50.0 million. There are approximately 30 loans with more than $9.0 million of exposure, and those loans comprised approximately 37.2 percent of the total commercial portfolio.

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is comprised of both seasoned commercial real estate loans that are collateralized by real estate properties intended to be income-producing in the normal course of business, and new commercial real estate loans originated during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, under our new commercial lending inititatives.

The primary factors considered in past commercial real estate credit approvals were the financial strength of the borrower, assessment of the borrower’s management capabilities, industry sector trends, type of exposure, transaction structure, and the general economic outlook. Commercial real estate loans were made on a secured, or in limited cases, on an unsecured basis, with a vast majority also being enhanced by personal guarantees of the principals of the borrowing business. Assets used as collateral for secured commercial real estate loans required an appraised value sufficient to satisfy our loan-to-value ratio requirements. We also generally required a minimum debt-service-coverage ratio, other than for development loans, and considered the enforceability and collectability of any relevant guarantees and the quality of the collateral.

 

55


Table of Contents

During 2009, as a result of the steep decline in originations, our previous commercial real estate lending division completed a transformation from a production orientation into one in which the focus is on working out troubled loans, reducing classified assets and taking pro-active steps to prevent deterioration in performing loans. Toward that end, our previous commercial real estate loan officers were largely replaced by experienced workout officers and relationship managers. A comprehensive review, including customized workout plans, were prepared for all classified loans, and risk assessments were prepared on a loan level basis for the entire commercial real estate portfolio.

Commercial and industrial loans. Our commercial and industrial portfolio is comprised of loans where we have extended credit to small or middle market businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and other expansion projects. We originated $214.8 million in commercial and industrial loans during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, due to the on-going initiatives to increase commercial and industrial, small business and mortgage warehouse lending.

Commercial lease financing loans. Our commercial lease financing portfolio, which we refer to as specialty lending, is comprised of equipment leased to customers in a direct financing lease. The net investment in financing leases includes the aggregate amount of lease payments to be received and the estimated residual values of the equipment, less unearned income. Income from lease financing is recognized over the lives of the leases on an approximate level rate of return on the unrecovered investment. The residual value represents the estimated fair value of the leased asset at the end of the lease term. Unguaranteed residual values of leased assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. If any declines in residual values are determined to be other-than-temporary they will be recognized in earnings in the period such determinations are made. At September 30, 2011, our commercial lease financing loan portfolio was $42.5 million, or 0.6 percent of our investment loan portfolio.

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Summary of Operations

Our net loss applicable to common stock for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was $14.2 million (loss of $0.03 per diluted share) represents a decrease from the loss of $22.6 million (loss of $0.15 diluted share) for the same period in 2010. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, our net loss was $120.8 million (loss of $0.22 per diluted share) and $201.5 million (loss of $1.57 per diluted share), respectively. The net loss during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 was affected by the following factors:

 

   

Net interest margin improved to 1.96 percent from 1.52 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2010;

 

   

Net interest income increased by $25.0 million to $169.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, primarily due to a decline in our cost of funds;

 

   

Provision for loan losses decreased by 43.6 percent from the nine months ended September 30, 2010, to $113.4 million, primarily due to a lower level of charge-offs of residential first mortgage loans resulting from non-performing loan sales completed in the fourth quarter of 2010 and the first quarter of 2011;

 

   

Net loan administration income (including the off-balance sheet hedges of mortgage servicing rights) and gain (loss) on trading securities (including the on-balance sheet hedges of mortgage servicing rights), increased $25.6 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2010, to $86.7 million, primarily due to servicing fees, ancillary income, and charges on our residential first mortgage servicing from an increase in the average balance in the portfolio of loans serviced for others, slower than expected levels of prepayments, and effective hedge performance;

 

   

Asset resolution expense related to non-performing residential first mortgage and commercial loans decreased by 19.8 percent, to $95.9 million, primarily due to a decrease in our provision for losses on real estate owned;

 

   

Restructured $1.0 billion in FHLB advances to lower interest rates; and

 

   

Secondary market reserve – change in estimate increased $29.6 million to $80.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, due to a change in estimates of expected repurchases.

See “Results of Operations” below.

Critical Accounting Policies

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in either “other assets” or “other liabilities” on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument is determined by whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and, further, by the type of hedging relationship. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in current earnings during the period of change. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies, are critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements. These policies relate to: (a) fair value measurements; (b) the determination of our allowance for loan losses; and (c) the determination of our secondary market reserve. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition. For further information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which is available on our website, www.flagstar.com, under the Investor Relations section, or on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), at www.sec.gov.

 

57


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Ratios (Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     For the Three Months Ended     For the Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,     September 30,  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Return on average assets

     (0.43 )%      (0.64 )%      (1.23 )%      (1.92 )% 

Return on average equity

     (4.90 )%      (8.35 )%      (13.39 )%      (26.85 )% 

Efficiency ratio

     84.6     82.9     98.3     97.1

Efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted) (1)

     53.5     56.6     64.4     64.1

Equity/assets ratio (average for the period)

     8.80     7.71     9.20     7.14

Residential first mortgage loans originated

   $ 6,926,451      $ 7,613,502     $ 16,425,699      $ 17,396,195   

Other loans originated

   $ 322,558      $ 13,201     $ 506,430      $ 26,958   

Mortgage loans sold and securitized

   $ 6,782,795      $ 7,619,097     $ 16,974,821      $ 17,893,675   

Interest rate spread – bank only (2)

     2.02     1.35     1.75     1.32

Net interest margin – bank only (3)

     2.30     1.68     2.01     1.61

Interest rate spread – consolidated (2)

     2.01     1.34     1.74     1.30

Net interest margin – consolidated (3)

     2.25     1.62     1.96     1.52

Average common shares outstanding

     554,489,448        153,405,151        554,000,247        128,411,259   

Average fully diluted shares outstanding

     554,489,448        153,405,151        554,000,247        128,411,259   

Average interest earning assets

   $ 11,677,994      $ 12,623,592      $ 11,483,759      $ 12,551,295   

Average interest paying liabilities

   $ 10,337,645      $ 11,383,551      $ 10,365,972      $ 11,598,035   

Average stockholder’s equity

   $ 1,159,825      $ 1,082,499      $ 1,202,923      $ 1,000,644   

Charge-offs to average investment loans (annualized)

     1.83     5.90     2.36     4.53

 

     September 30,     December 31,     September 30,  
     2011     2010     2010  

Equity-to-assets ratio

     8.44     9.23     7.67

Core capital ratio(4)

     9.31     9.61     9.12

Total risk-based capital ratio (4)

     17.64     18.55     16.87

Book value per common share

   $ 1.63      $ 1.83     $ 5.30   

Number of common shares outstanding

     555,015,111        553,313,113       153,512,990   

Mortgage loans serviced for others

   $ 56,772,598      $ 56,040,063     $ 52,287,204   

Weighted average service fee (basis points)

     30.5        30.8        31.5   

Capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights

     0.77     1.04     0.85

Ratio of allowance to non-performing loans (5)

     63.4     86.1     52.0

Ratio of allowance to loans held-for-investment (5)

     4.13     4.35     6.48

Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets (bank only)

     4.09     4.35     8.25

Number of bank branches

     162        162       162   

Number of loan origination centers

     29        27       27   

Number of employees (excluding loan officers and account executives)

     2,993        3,001        2,922   

Number of loan officers and account executives

     306        278        285   

 

(1) Based on efficiency ratios as calculated, less secondary market reserve change in estimate and asset resolution expense.
(2) Interest rate spread is the difference between the annualized average yield earned on average interest-earning assets for the period and the annualized average rate of interest paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(3) Net interest margin is the annualized effect of the net interest income divided by that period’s average interest-earning assets.
(4) Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of tangible capital and core capital, and risk-weighted assets for purposes of risk-based capital and total risk-based capital. These ratios are applicable to the Bank only.
(5) Bank only and does not include non-performing loan available-for-sale.

 

58


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Three months. Net loss applicable to common stockholders for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was $14.2 million, $(0.03) per share-diluted, an $8.4 million decrease from the loss of $22.6 million, $(0.15) per share-diluted, reported in the comparable 2010 period. The $8.4 million decrease in net loss resulted from a $14.4 million increase in net interest income, $14.7 million decrease in provision for loan losses, $11.9 million decrease in non-interest expense, offset by a $32.3 million decrease in non-interest income and a $0.3 million increase in provision for income tax.

Nine months. Net loss applicable to common stockholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $120.8 million, $(0.22) per share-diluted, an $80.7 million decrease from the loss of $201.5 million, $(1.57) per share-diluted, reported in the comparable 2010 period. The $80.7 million decrease in net loss resulted from an $87.6 million decrease in the provision for loan losses, $25.0 million increase in net interest income and a $19.3 million decrease in non-interest expense, offset by a $50.3 million decrease in non-interest income.

Net Interest Income

On June 30, 2011, we implemented a reclassification in the treatment of amounts due from Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) relating to the servicing of delinquent FHA loans to recognize the accrued credit from FHA as interest income. Previously, income from FHA was applied as an offset to non-interest expense (asset resolution expense) relating to the servicing of delinquent FHA loans, and recorded on a net basis as asset resolution expense. The impact of the reclassification on the three and nine month ended September 30, 2010, was an increase in net interest income of $10.1 million and $23.3 million, respectively, with an offsetting increase to asset resolution expense and an increase in net interest margin of 15 basis points and 11 basis points, respectively.

We recognized $65.6 million in net interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represented an increase of 28.1 percent compared to $51.2 million reported for the same period in 2010. The $14.4 million increase for three months ended September 30, 2011, is primarily due to a decrease in overall cost of funds to 2.09 percent from 2.86 percent in the three months ended September 30, 2010. Net interest income represented 38.8 percent of our total revenue in 2011 as compared to 31.3 percent in 2010. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recognized $169.5 million in net interest income, which represented an increase of 17.3 percent compared to $144.5 million reported for the same period in 2010. The $25.0 million increase for nine months ended September 30, 2011, reflects a decrease in overall cost of funds to 2.19 percent from 2.98 percent in the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Net interest income is primarily the dollar value of the average yield we earn on the average balances of our interest-earning assets, less the dollar value of the average cost of funds we incur on the average balances of our interest-bearing liabilities.

Three months. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, we had average interest-earning assets of $11.7 billion, as compared to $12.6 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2010. The decline in average interest-earning assets reflects a $991.5 million decline in average loans held-for-investment. Average-interest bearing liabilities totaled $10.3 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to $11.4 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2010. The decline of $1.1 billion reflects a $760.9 million decrease in average deposits and a $285.0 million decrease in average FHLB advances for the three months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2010.

Interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was $120.0 million, a decrease of 10.0 percent from the $133.3 million recorded in the same period in 2010. Our residential first mortgage loans continued to run-off at a faster rate, while this was partially offset by new originations in the loan portfolios. Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2011 was $54.4 million, a 33.7 percent decrease as compared to $82.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010. We continue to replace maturing retail certificates of deposit with core money market and savings accounts. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 77 basis points from 2.86 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2010 to 2.09 percent in the same period in 2011, while the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 12 basis points (2.9 percent), from 4.21 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2010 to 4.09 percent in the same period in 2011. As a result, our interest rate spread was 2.01 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to 1.35 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2010.

Our consolidated net interest margin was positively impacted by a $466.5 million decrease in non-performing loans from $911.4 million at September 30, 2010, to $444.9 million at September 30, 2011. The result was a net interest margin for the three months ended September 30, 2011 of 2.25 percent as compared to 1.62 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2010. The Bank recorded a net interest margin of 2.30 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to 1.68 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2010.

 

59


Table of Contents

Nine months. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we had average interest-earning assets of $11.5 billion, as compared to $12.6 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decline in average interest-earning assets reflects a $1.4 billion decline in average loans held-for-investment. Average-interest bearing liabilities totaled $10.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to $11.6 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decline of $1.2 billion reflects a $707.4 million decrease in average deposits and a $402.0 million decrease in average FHLB advances for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $339.3 million, a decrease of 15.8 percent from the $402.8 million recorded in the same period in 2010. Our residential first mortgage loans continued to run-off at a faster rate, while this was partially offset by new originations in loan portfolios. Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $169.8 million, a 34.3 percent decrease as compared to $258.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We continue to replace maturing retail certificates of deposit with core money market and savings accounts. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 79 basis points from 2.98 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 2.19 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, while the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 34 basis points (7.9 percent), from 4.27 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 3.93 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. As a result, our interest rate spread was 1.74 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to 1.30 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Our consolidated net interest margin was positively impacted by a $466.5 million decrease in non-performing loans from $911.4 million at September 30, 2010, to $444.9 million at September 30, 2011. The result was a net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 of 1.96 percent, as compared to 1.52 percent the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The Bank recorded a net interest margin of 2.01 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to 1.61 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

The following tables present on a consolidated basis (rather than on a Bank-only basis) interest income from average earning assets, expressed in dollars and yields, and interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed in dollars and rates. Interest income recorded on our loans is adjusted by the amortization of net premiums, net deferred loan origination costs and the amount of negative amortization (i.e., capitalized interest) arising from our option power ARM loans. These adjustments to interest income during both the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was a net increase of $1.8 million and 1.4 million, respectively. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, the adjustment was a net increase of $1.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Non-accruing loans were included in the average loans outstanding.

 

60


Table of Contents
     For the Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  
                   Annualized                   Annualized  
     Average             Yield/     Average             Yield/  
     Balance      Interest      Rate     Balance      Interest      Rate  
                   (Dollars in Thousands)                
Interest-Earning Assets:                 

Loans available-for-sale

   $ 2,041,173       $ 22,187         4.35   $ 2,166,072       $ 25,058         4.63

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     1,790,464         14,966         3.34     1,465,411         10,090         2.75

Loans held-for-investment:

                

Consumer loans (3)

     4,857,771         55,215         4.54     5,860,749         69,910         4.77

Commercial loans (3)

     1,429,449         17,598         4.82     1,418,011         16,776         4.63
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Loans held-for-investment

     6,287,220         72,813         4.60     7,278,760         86,686         4.74

Securities classified as available-for-sale or trading

     840,490         9,626         4.58     863,201         10,968         5.08

Interest-earning deposits and other

     718,647         433         0.24     850,148         505         0.25
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     11,677,994         120,025         4.09     12,623,592         133,307         4.22

Other assets

     1,503,828              1,408,752         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 13,181,822            $ 14,032,344         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

                

Demand deposits

   $ 401,647       $ 311         0.31   $ 378,193       $ 455         0.48

Savings deposits

     1,250,844         2,288         0.73     744,889         1,815         0.97

Money market deposits

     580,508         946         0.65     542,350         1,308         0.96

Certificates of deposit

     2,811,458         12,178         1.72     3,401,739         23,766         2.77
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total retail deposits

     5,044,457         15,723         1.24     5,067,171         27,344         2.14

Demand deposits

     84,114         114         0.54     214,866         139         0.26

Savings deposits

     485,815         796         0.65     171,880         319         0.74

Certificates of deposit

     289,063         396         0.54     440,540         1,044         0.94
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total government deposits

     858,992         1,306         0.60     827,286         1,502         0.72

Wholesale deposits

     657,557         5,650         3.41     1,427,463         11,424         3.18
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Deposits

     6,561,006         22,679         1.37     7,321,920         40,270         2.18

FHLB advances

     3,528,024         30,121         3.39     3,813,021         39,816         4.14

Other

     248,585         1,611         2.57     248,610         2,017         3.22
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     10,337,644         54,411         2.09     11,383,551         82,103         2.86

Other liabilities

     1,684,352              1,566,294         

Stockholders’ equity

     1,159,825              1,082,499         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and stockholders equity

   $ 13,181,822            $ 14,032,344         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest-earning assets

   $ 1,340,350            $ 1,240,041         
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

      $ 65,614            $ 51,204      
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Interest rate spread (1)

           2.01           1.34
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest margin (2)

           2.25           1.62
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

           113.0           110.9
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(3) Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, construction, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.

 

61


Table of Contents
     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011     2010  
                   Annualized                   Annualized  
     Average             Yield/     Average             Yield/  
     Balance      Interest      Rate     Balance      Interest      Rate  
                   (Dollars in Thousands)                
Interest-Earning Assets:                 

Loans available-for-sale

   $ 1,746,202       $ 58,695         4.48   $ 1,790,099       $ 64,913         4.84

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     1,763,055         41,002         3.10     1,186,770         23,325         2.62   

Loans held-for-investment:

                

Consumer loans (3)

     4,675,795         163,199         4.66     5,876,872         213,099         4.84   

Commercial loans (3)

     1,290,474         47,338         4.84     1,518,134         52,732         4.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Loans held-for-investment

     5,966,269         210,537         4.70     7,395,006         265,831         4.78

Securities classified as available-for-sale or trading

     732,316         26,673         4.86     1,217,123         47,069         5.16

Interest-earning deposits and other

     1,275,917         2,358         0.25     962,296         1,631         0.22
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     11,483,759         339,265         3.93     12,551,294         402,769         4.27   

Other assets

     1,593,237              1,469,471         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 13,076,996            $ 14,020,765         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

                

Demand deposits

   $ 403,236       $ 1,035         0.34   $ 378,900       $ 1,517         0.54

Savings deposits

     1,170,057         7,023         0.80     708,550         4,789         0.90

Money market deposits

     572,041         3,081         0.72     562,068         3,923         0.93

Certificates of deposit

     2,998,440         40,891         1.82     3,368,775         72,818         2.89
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total retail deposits

     5,143,774         52,030         1.35     5,018,293         83,047         2.21

Demand deposits

     76,160         309         0.54     299,325         880         0.39

Savings deposits

     425,998         2,071         0.65     106,292         512         0.64

Certificates of deposit

     259,573         1,221         0.63     320,587         2,051         0.86
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total government deposits

     761,731         3,601         0.63     726,204         3,443         0.63

Wholesale deposits

     745,879         18,972         3.40     1,614,283         37,187         3.08
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Deposits

     6,651,384         74,603         1.50     7,358,780         123,677         2.25

FHLB advances

     3,465,986         90,317         3.48     3,867,941         123,755         4.28

Security repurchase agreements

     —           —           —          105,694         2,750         3.48

Other

     248,602         4,834         2.60     265,620         8,060         4.06
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     10,365,972         169,754         2.19     11,598,035         258,242         2.98

Other liabilities

     1,508,101              1,422,085         

Stockholders’ equity

     1,202,923              1,000,645         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and stockholders equity

   $ 13,076,996            $ 14,020.765         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest-earning assets

   $ 1,117,787            $ 953,259         
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net interest income

      $ 169,511            $ 144,527      
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Interest rate spread (1)

           1.74           1.30
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest margin (2)

           1.96           1.52
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

           110.8           108.2
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(2) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(3) Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, construction, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.

 

62


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that are presented in the preceding table. The table below distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). Changes attributable to both a change in volume and a change in rates were included as changes in rate.

 

     For the Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2011 Versus 2010 Increase  
     (Decrease) Due to:  
     Rate     Volume     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-Earning Assets:

      

Loans available-for-sale

   $ (1,426   $ (1,445   $ (2,871

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     2,638        2,238        4,876   

Loans held-for-investment

      

Consumer loans(1)

     (2,765     (11,930     (14,695

Commercial loans(1)

     671        151        822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held-for-investment

     (2,094     (11,779     (13,873

Securities available-for-sale or trading

     (1,055     (287     (1,342

Interest-earning deposits and other

     (20     (52     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other interest-earning assets

   $ (1,957   $ (11,325   $ (13,282
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

      

Demand deposits

   $ (173   $ 29      $ (144

Savings deposits

     (763     1,236        473   

Money market deposits

     (454     92        (362

Certificates of deposit

     (7,418     (4,170     (11,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     (8,808     (2,813     (11,621

Demand deposits

     59        (84     (25

Savings deposits

     (107     584        477   

Certificates of deposit

     (288     (360     (648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total government deposits

     (336     140        (196

Wholesale deposits

     370        (6,144     (5,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     (8,774     (8,817     (17,591

FHLB advances

     (6,640     (3,055     (9,695

Other

     (407     1        (406
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (15,821     (11,871     (27,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 13,864      $ 546      $ 14,410   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, construction, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.

 

63


Table of Contents
     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2011 Versus 2010 Increase  
     (Decrease) Due to:  
     Rate     Volume     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-Earning Assets:

      

Loans available-for-sale

   $ (2,056   $ (4,162   $ (6,218

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

     2,823        14,854        17,677   

Loans held-for-investment

      

Consumer loans(1)

     (2,822     (47,078     (49,900

Commercial loans(1)

     1,105        (6,499     (5,394
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held-for-investment

     (1,717     (53,577     (55,294

Securities available-for-sale or trading

     (741     (19,655     (20,396

Interest-earning deposits and other

     115        612        727   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other interest-earning assets

   $ (1,576   $ (61,928   $ (63,504
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

      

Demand deposits

   $ (258   $ (224   $ (482

Savings deposits

     (394     2,628        2,234   

Money market deposits

     (406     (436     (842

Certificates of deposit

     (10,661     (21,266     (31,927
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     (11,719     (19,298     (31,017

Demand deposits

     38        (609     (571

Savings deposits

     9        1,550        1,559   

Certificates of deposit

     (196     (634     (830
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total government deposits

     (149     307        158   

Wholesale deposits

     797        (19,012     (18,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     (11,071     (38,003     (49,074

FHLB advances

     (9,170     (24,268     (33,438

Security repurchase agreements

     —          (2,750     (2,750

Other

     (1,207     (2,019     (3,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (21,448     (67,040     (88,848
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 19,872      $ 5,112      $ 24,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, construction, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision reflects the current period charge necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level to cover our estimate of probable losses inherent in the portfolio for each of the respective measurement dates.

Three months. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $36.7 million as compared to $51.4 million recorded during the same period in 2010. Net charge-offs for three month period ended September 30, 2011 totaled $28.7 million as compared to $107.4 million in for the same period in 2010. As a percentage of the average loans held-for-investment, net charge-offs for the three month period ended September 30, 2011 decreased to 1.83 percent from 5.90 percent for the same period in 2010. The decline in the provision for loan losses was primarily related to residential first mortgages, consistent with a slowing pace of an increase on the greater than 90 days delinquent residential first mortgages. The level of provision during the third quarter 2011 was due in part to the increase during the quarter of greater than 90 days past due loans, which is primarily from loans originated during 2007. Loans originated during 2007 comprised approximately 32.3 percent of the total residential first mortgage loans in our investment portfolio at September 30, 2011. Non-accrual residential first mortgage loans originated during 2007 were approximately 45.8 percent of the total amount of the non-accrual residential first mortgage loans outstanding at September 30, 2011.

Nine months. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $113.4 million as compared to $201.0 million recorded during the same period in 2010. The decrease in the provision during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which maintained the allowance for loan losses at $282.0 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, parallels a decrease in net charge-offs both as a dollar amount and as a percentage of the loans held-for-investment over the comparable period in 2010. Net charge-offs for nine month period ended September 30, 2011 totaled $105.4 million as compared to $251.0 million in for the same period in 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a lower level of charge-offs of residential first mortgage loans resulting from non-performing loan sales completed in the fourth quarter of 2010 and the first quarter of 2011. As a percentage of the average loans held-for-investment, net charge-offs for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 decreased to 2.36 percent from 4.53 percent for the same period in 2010.

 

64


Table of Contents

Loan delinquencies include all loans that were delinquent for at least 30 days when a borrower fails to make a payment and is received after the first day of the month following the month of the missed payment. Total delinquent loans increased to $606.4 million at September 30, 2011, of which $444.9 million were greater than 90 days delinquent, as compared to $505.6 million at December 31, 2010, of which $318.4 million were greater than 90 days delinquent. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the increase in delinquencies primarily impacted residential first mortgage loans as other categories of loans within the held-for-investment portfolio showed improvement including commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, second mortgage and HELOC loans. The overall delinquency rate on residential first mortgage loans increased to 12.2 percent at September 30, 2011 from 6.8 percent at December 31, 2010. This increase reflects the expected migration of current loans into delinquency status following the sale of non-performing loans completed in the fourth quarter of 2010, which temporarily reduced the overall delinquency rate. The overall delinquency rate on commercial real estate loans decreased to 9.2 percent at September 30, 2011 from 16.9 percent at December 31, 2010, due in large part to the charge-down or movement of impaired commercial real estate to REO coupled with a sale of several impaired commercial real estate loans.

See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses.

Non-Interest Income

The following table sets forth the components of our non-interest income:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loan fees and charges

   $ 18,383      $ 24,365      $ 49,233      $ 60,930   

Deposit fees and charges

     7,953        7,585        23,297        24,796   

Loan administration

     (3,478     12,924        66,308        (15,590

Net gain on trading securities

     20,385        10,354        20,414        76,702   

Loss on residual and transferors’ interest

     (186     (4,665     (4,825     (11,660

Net gain on loan sales

     103,858        103,211        193,869        220,034   

Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights

     (2,587     (1,195     (5,080     (4,674

Net gain on securities available-for-sale

     —          —          —          6,689   

Net loss on sale of assets

     1,041        —          1,297        —     

Total other-than-temporary impairment gain (loss)

     51,003        —          35,993        35,200   

Loss recognized in other comprehensive income before taxes

     (52,325     —          (52,899     (38,877
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

     (1,322     —          (16,906     (3,677

Secondary market reserve – change in estimate

     (38,985     (12,958     (80,776     (51,174

Other fees and charges

     7,489        5,267        20,064        14,841   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 112,551      $ 144,888      $ 266,895      $ 317,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income was $112.6 million during the three months ended September 30, 2011, which was a 22.3 percent decrease from $144.9 million of non-interest income in the comparable 2010 period. The decrease during the three months ended September 30, 2011, was primarily due to decreases in other fees and charges, loan administration income and loan fees and charges, partially offset by an increase in net gain on trading securities and a loss on residual and transferor’s interest. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, total non-interest income decreased to $266.9 million, from $317.2 million of non-interest income in the comparable 2010 period. The decrease during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, was primarily due to decreases in net gain on trading securities, net gain on loan sales and loan fees and charges, partially offset by an increase in loan administration income. Factors affecting the comparability of the primary components of non-interest income are discussed in the following paragraphs.

 

65


Table of Contents

Loan fees and charges

Our lending operation and banking operation both earn loan origination fees and collect other charges in connection with originating residential first mortgages, commercial loans and other consumer loans. For the three month period ended September 30, 2011, we recorded loan fees and charges of $18.4 million, a decrease of $6.0 million from the $24.4 million recorded for the comparable 2010 period. Loan fees and charges during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 were $49.2 million, compared to $60.9 million recorded for the same 2010 period. Commercial loan origination fees are capitalized and added as an adjustment to the basis of the individual loans originated. These fees are accreted into income as an adjustment to the loan yield over the life of the loan or when the loan is sold. We account for substantially all residential first mortgage originations as available-for-sale using the fair value method and no longer apply deferral of non-refundable fees and costs to those loans.

Deposit fees and charges

Our banking operation collects deposit fees and other charges such as fees for non-sufficient funds checks, cashier check fees, ATM fees, overdraft protection, and other account fees for services we provide to our banking customers. The amount of these fees tends to increase as a function of the growth in our deposit base. Our total number of customer checking accounts increased 2.9 percent from approximately 126,225 on September 30, 2010 to 129,922 as of September 30, 2011.

Three months. Total deposit fees and charges increased 4.8 percent during the three month period ended September 30, 2011 to $8.0 million, compared to $7.6 million during the comparable 2010 period. Our non-sufficient funds fees increased to $5.4 million during the three month period ended September 30, 2011 from $5.3 million during the comparable 2010 period.

Nine months. Total deposit fees and charges decreased to $23.3 million, or 6.0 percent, during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 from $24.8 million during the comparable 2010 period. Our non-sufficient funds fees were $15.0 million during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, compared to $17.0 million during the comparable 2010 period. The primary reason for these decreases in deposit fees and charges was the result of changes to Regulation E, implemented in the third quarter 2010, requiring financial institutions to provide customers with the right to “opt-in” to overdraft services for ATM and one-time, non-recurring debit card transactions. Even with the changes to Regulation E, debit card fee income increased by 19.5 percent to $5.5 million during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 from $4.6 million in the comparable 2010 period. This is attributable to the 13.0 percent increase in transaction volume from $249.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $282.3 million during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011.

The Federal Reserve issued its final rule in connection with interchange fees, although it is more favorable than the original proposal, it may still represent a negative impact on future debit card fee income.

Loan administration

When our home lending operation sells mortgage loans in the secondary market, it usually retains the right to continue to service these loans and earn a servicing fee, also referred to herein as loan administration income. Our MSRs are accounted for on the fair value method. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes net loan administration income (loss):

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)              

Servicing income (loss) on other consumer mortgage servicing:

        

Servicing fees, ancillary income and charges

   $ 51      $ 555      $ 120      $ 2,948   

Amortization expense – other consumer

     —          (65     —          (949

Impairment loss – other consumer

     —          (1,025     —          (960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net loan administration income (loss) – other consumer

   $ 51      $ (535   $ 120      $ 1,039   

Servicing income (loss) on residential first mortgage servicing:

        

Servicing fees, ancillary income and charges

   $ 40,473      $ 37,645      $ 126,786      $ 111,407   

Fair value adjustments

     (162,804     (78,251     (207,598     (231,923

Gain on hedging activity

     118,802        54,065        147,000        103,887   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net loan (loss) administration income

     (3,529     13,459        66,188        (16,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan administration (loss) income

   $ (3,478   $ 12,924      $ 66,308      $ (15,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Loan administration (loss) income does not reflect the impact of securities deployed as economic hedges of MSR assets. These positions, recorded as securities – trading, provided $20.4 million in gains for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $10.4 million and $76.7 million in gains, respectively, for the comparable 2010 periods. These positions, which are on the balance sheet, also contributed $1.4 million and $2.5 million in interest income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to $(0.3) million and $3.5 million, respectively, during the corresponding period of 2010.

Three months. Loan administration income decreased to a loss of $3.5 million for the three month period ended September 30, 2011 from income of $12.9 million for the comparable 2010 period. Servicing fees, ancillary income, and charges on our residential first mortgage servicing increased during the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010, primarily attributable to an increase in the average balance in the portfolio of loans serviced for others. Hedge performance was driven in part by the steepness of the yield curve and the resulting high level of carry on hedges as well as increased market volatility. The total unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others was 56.8 billion at September 30, 2011, compared to $52.3 billion at September 30, 2010.

The loan administration loss of $3.5 million does not include $20.4 million of gains in mortgage-backed securities that were held as economic hedges of our MSR asset during the three months ended September 30, 2011. These gains are required to be recorded separately as gains on trading securities as a component of current period results of operations.

At September 30, 2011, we had no consumer loans serviced for others (due to the transfer of such servicing pursuant to the applicable servicing agreements) compared to $308.1 million serviced at September 30, 2010.

Nine months. Loan administration income was $66.3 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 from $15.6 million net loss for the comparable 2010 period. The increase was primarily due to servicing fees, ancillary income, and charges on our residential first mortgage servicing from an increase in the average balance in the portfolio of loans serviced for others, slower than expected levels of prepayments, and effective hedge performance during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same period in 2010. During the nine month periods ending September 30, 2011 and 2010, $9.2 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively, of servicing rights related to loans serviced for others were sold on a bulk basis.

Loan administration income of $66.3 million does not include $20.4 million of gains in securities that were held as economic hedges of our MSR asset during the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

Gain on trading securities

Securities classified as trading are comprised of U.S. Treasury bonds and agency securities. U.S. Treasury bonds held in trading are distinguished from available-for-sale based upon the intent of management to use them as an economic hedge against changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio, however, these do not qualify as an accounting hedge as defined in current accounting guidance for derivatives and hedges.

 

67


Table of Contents

Three months. For U.S. Treasury bonds held, we recorded a gain of $20.4 million for the three month period ended September 30, 2011, all of which was related to an unrealized gain on U.S. Treasury bonds held at September 30, 2011. For the same period in 2010, we recorded a gain of $10.4 million of which $16.9 million was related to an unrealized loss on agency mortgage-backed securities held at September 30, 2010.

Nine months. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, we recorded a gain of $20.4 million on U.S. Treasury bonds held, all of which was related to an unrealized gain on U.S. Treasury bonds held at September 30, 2011. For the same period in 2010, we recorded a gain of $76.7 million of which $4.1 million was related to an unrealized gain on agency mortgage-backed securities held at September 30, 2010.

Loss on residual interests and transferor interests

Losses on residual interests classified as trading and transferor’s interest are a result of a reduction in the estimated fair value of our beneficial interests resulting from private securitizations. The losses during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 are primarily due to continued increases in expected credit losses on the assets underlying the securitizations. For further information on the securitizations see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Three months. We recognized a loss of $0.2 million for the three month period ended September 30, 2011, all of which was related to a reduction in the transferor’s interest related to our HELOC securitizations. We recognized a loss of $4.7 million for the three month period ended September 30, 2010, all of which was related to the reduction in the transferor’s interest related to our HELOC securitizations. At September 30, 2011, our expected liability was $2.1 million, compared to $8.0 million at September 30, 2010.

Nine months. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, we recognized a loss of $4.8 million, all of which was related to a reduction in the transferor’s interest related to our HELOC securitizations. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, we recognized a loss of $11.7 million, of which $2.1 million was related to the reduction in the residual valuation and $9.6 million was related to the reduction in the transferor’s interest related to our HELOC securitizations.

Net gain on loan sales

Our home lending operation records the transaction fee income it generates from the origination, securitization and sale of mortgage loans in the secondary market. The amount of net gain on loan sales recognized is a function of the volume of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair value of these loans, net of related selling expenses. Net gain on loan sales is increased or decreased by any mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales commitments, increases to the secondary market reserve related to loans sold during the period, and related administrative expenses. The volatility in the gain on sale spread is attributable to market pricing, which changes with demand and the general level of interest rates. Historically, pricing competition on mortgage loans is lower in periods of low or decreasing interest rates, due to higher consumer demand as usually evidenced by higher loan origination levels, resulting in higher spreads on origination. Conversely, pricing competition increases when interest rates rise, which generally reduce consumer demand, thus decreasing spreads on origination and compressing gain on sale.

The following table provides information on our net gain on loan sales reported in our consolidated financial statements and loans sold within the period:

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net gain on loan sales

   $ 103,858      $ 103,211      $ 193,869      $ 220,034   

Loans sold or securitized

   $ 6,782,795      $ 7,619,097      $ 16,974,821      $ 17,893,675   

Net margin on loan sales

     1.53     1.35     1.14     1.23

Three months. For the three month period ended September 30, 2011, net gain on loan sales increased $0.7 million to $103.9 million from $103.2 million in the comparable 2010 period. The three month period ended September 30, 2011, included the mortgage rate-lock commitments on residential first mortgages of $13.1 billion, compared to $11.0 billion in the comparable 2010 period, and the sale of $6.8 billion in loans for three month period ended September 30, 2011compared to $7.6 billion sold in the comparable 2010 period. Management believes the increase in the mortgage rate-lock commitments during the three months ended September 30, 2011, reflected the lower rate environment following an August 2011 announcement by the Federal Reserve stating an intention to maintain a low-interest rate environment until at least 2013. Following such announcement, the Company experienced a sudden and sustained increase in mortgage rate-lock commitments and a concurrent increase in overall pricing.

 

68


Table of Contents

Nine months. Net gain on loan sales decreased to $193.9 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, from $220.0 million in the comparable 2010 period. Overall mortgage rate-lock commitments for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 were $25.1 billion, compared to $25.4 billion for the comparable 2010 period, the $379.0 decrease reflects the lower industry-wide mortgage lending for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Management believes the overall pricing during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 declined due to overall lower demand, compared to the same period in 2010. We sold $17.0 billion in loans, compared to $17.9 billion sold in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. We had mortgage loan origination volume of $16.4 billion in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $17.4 billion in the comparable 2010 period, and an overall decrease on sale spread (114 basis points in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to 123 basis points in the comparable 2010 period).

Our calculation of net gain on loan sales reflects adoption of fair value accounting for the majority of mortgage loans available-for-sale beginning January 1, 2009. The change of method was made on a prospective basis; therefore, only mortgage loans available-for-sale that were originated after 2009 have been affected. In addition, we also had changes in amounts related to derivatives, lower of cost or market adjustments on loans transferred to held-for-investment and provisions to secondary market reserve. Changes in amounts related to loan commitments and forward sales commitments amounted to $26.5 million and a loss of $21.0 million for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $36.0 million and a loss of $6.4 million for the comparable 2010 periods, respectively. Lower of cost or market adjustments amounted to less than $0.1 million for both the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million for the comparable 2010 periods, respectively. Provisions to our secondary market reserve representing our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases amounted to $1.8 million and $5.5 million, for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $9.3 million and $23.2 million for the comparable 2010 periods, respectively. Also included in net gain on loan sales is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $64.5 million and $153.4 million for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, respectively, compared to $63.9 million and $157.3 million for the comparable 2010 periods, respectively.

Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights

As part of our business model, our home lending operation occasionally sells MSRs in transactions separate from the sale of the underlying loans. Because we carry our MSRs at fair value, we would not expect to realize significant gains or losses at the time of the sale. Instead, our income or loss on changes in the valuation of MSRs would be recorded through our loan administration income.

Three months. For the three month period ended September 30, 2011, we recorded a loss on sales of MSRs of $2.6 million compared to a $1.2 million loss recorded for the same period in 2010. During the three month period ended September 30, 2011, we sold servicing rights on a bulk basis associated with underlying mortgage loans totaling $4.6 billion and on a servicing released basis (i.e., sold together with the sale of the underlying loans) as to underlying mortgage loans totaling $164.7 million. During the same period in 2010, we sold servicing rights on a bulk basis associated with underlying mortgage loans totaling $1.5 billion and on a servicing released basis (i.e., sold together with the sale of the underlying loans) as to underlying mortgage loans totaling $0.3 billion.

Nine months. We recorded a loss on sales of MSRs of $5.1 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, compared to a loss on sales of $4.7 million for the same period in 2010. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, we sold servicing rights on a bulk basis associated with underlying mortgage loans totaling $9.2 billion and on a servicing released sale as to underlying mortgage loans totaling $916.0 million. During the same period in 2010, we transferred the related servicing rights on our two private second mortgage loans securitizations, FSTAR 2006-1 and FSTAR 2007-1, and had amortized costs of $5.1 million and a recorded impairment of $3.8 million. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, we sold servicing rights on a bulk basis associated with underlying mortgage loans totaling $12.3 billion and on a servicing released basis as to underlying mortgage loans totaling $1.6 billion.

Net gain on securities available-for-sale

Securities classified as available-for-sale are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”).

Gains on the sale of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale that are recently created with underlying mortgage products originated by the Bank, are reported within net gain on loan sales. Securities in U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale typically have remained in the portfolio less than 90 days before sale. Gain on sales for all other available-for-sale securities types are reported in net gain on sale on sale of available-for-sale securities.

Three months. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, there were no sales of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities with underlying mortgage products originated by the Bank, compared to $17.1 million resulting in $0.1 million of net loss on loan sale during the same period in 2010. During the three month periods ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, there were no sales of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities and non-U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

Nine months. There were there were no sales of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities with underlying mortgage products originated by the Bank during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $160.5 million resulting in $0.1 million of net gain on loan sale during the same period in 2010. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, there were no sales of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities and non-U.S government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we sold $251.0 million in purchased U.S. government sponsored agency securities available-for-sale generating a net gain on sale of available-for-sale securities of $6.7 million.

Net impairment loss recognized through earnings

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, there were $1.3 million and $16.9 million, respectively, of credit losses recognized with respect to the CMOs, as the result of forecasted continued depreciation in home values which serve as collateral for these securities. At September 30, 2011, the cumulative amount of OTTI expense incurred due to credit losses on the CMOs totaled $50.9 million. In the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, there was no additional OTTI due to credit losses on investments with existing OTTI credit losses and $3.7 million, respectively. All OTTI due to credit losses were recognized as expense in current operations. For further information on impairment losses, see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Secondary market reserve – change in estimate 

We maintain a secondary market reserve to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The secondary market reserve – change in estimate takes into account adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. These estimates are based on our most recent data regarding loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors increases to the secondary market reserve for current loan sales reduce our net gain on loan sales.

Three months. During the three month period ended September 30, 2011, we recorded an expense of $39.0 million for the increase in our secondary market reserve due to our change in estimate of expected losses from probable repurchase obligations related to loans sold in prior periods, which increased from the $13.0 million recorded in the comparable 2010 period. The $26.0 million increase from the three month period ended September 30, 2010, is consistent with recent industry trends, as the GSEs (a term generally used to refer collectively or singularly to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac) continue to be more aggressive in the number of pre-2009 loans files being reviewed and their interpretation of their rights under the related representations and warranties.

Nine months. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded expense of $80.8 million and $51.2 million relating to adjustments to our estimates in determining our secondary market reserve, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $29.6 million increase from the nine months ended September 30, 2010, was primarily due to the same reasons stated above.

Other fees and charges 

Other fees and charges include certain miscellaneous fees, including dividends received on FHLB stock and income generated by our subsidiaries Flagstar Reinsurance Company (“FRC”), Douglas Insurance Agency, Inc. and Paperless Office Solutions, Inc.

Three months. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded $2.1 million in dividends on an average outstanding balance of FHLB stock of $301.7 million, as compared to $1.4 million in dividends on an average balance of FHLB stock outstanding of $373.4 million for the comparable period in 2010. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, FRC had no earned fees, compared to $0.5 million for the same period in 2010. During the third quarter 2010, FRC terminated its reinsurance agreement with the last of the four mortgage insurance companies and as a result FRC will no longer earn any fees.

Nine months. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded $6.4 million in dividends on an average outstanding balance of FHLB stock of $321.4 million, as compared to $5.1 million in dividends on an average balance of FHLB stock outstanding of $373.4 million for the comparable period in 2010. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, FRC had no earned fees, compared to $1.4 million for the same period in 2010. During the third quarter 2010, FRC terminated its reinsurance agreement with the last of the four mortgage insurance companies and as a result FRC will no longer earn any fees.

Non-Interest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our non-interest expense, along with the allocation of expenses related to loan originations that are deferred pursuant to accounting guidance for receivables, non-refundable fees and other costs. Mortgage loan fees and direct origination costs (principally compensation and benefits) are capitalized as an adjustment to the basis of the loans originated during the period and amortized to expense over the lives of the respective loans rather than

 

70


Table of Contents

immediately expensed. Other expenses associated with loan origination, however, are not required or allowed to be capitalized and are, therefore, expensed when incurred. We account for substantially all of our mortgage loans available-for-sale using the fair value method and, therefore, immediately recognize loan origination fees and direct origination costs in the period incurred rather than defer the cost.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 55,464      $ 48,886      $ 164,954      $ 146,077   

Commissions

     10,575        10,957        25,628        26,053   

Occupancy and equipment

     17,090        15,757        50,676        47,670   

Asset resolution

     34,515        44,323        95,906        119,569   

Federal insurance premiums

     10,665        8,522        30,180        29,209   

Other taxes

     660        1,964        2,193        3,660   

Warrant income

     (4,202     (1,405     (7,027     (3,664

General and administrative

     26,569        33,612        67,058        79,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     151,336        162,616        429,568        448,389   

Less: capitalized direct costs of loan closings

     (645     (27     (724     (190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, net

   $ 150,691      $ 162,589      $ 428,844      $ 448,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (1)

     84.6     82.9     98.3     97.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted) (2)

     53.5     56.6     64.4     64.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Total operating and administrative expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(2) Based on efficiency ratios as calculated, less secondary market reserve change in estimate and asset resolution expense.

Non-interest expenses before capitalization of loan administration costs totaled $151.3 million during the three month period ended September 30, 2011, compared to $162.6 million in the comparable 2010 period. Non-interest expenses totaled $429.6 million during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, compared to $448.4million in the comparable 2010 period. The 4.2 percent decrease in non-interest expense during the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 compared to the prior year, was primarily due to a decrease in asset resolution expense, general and administrative expense and warrant income, offset by an increase in compensation and benefits.

Compensation and benefits

Three months. Compensation and benefit expense totaled $55.5 million for the three month period ended September 30, 2011, compared to $48.9 million in the comparable 2010 period. The increase in gross compensation and benefits expense is primarily attributable to an increase in our salaried employees and a $2.7 million increase in incentive compensation accruals during the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2010.

Nine months. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 compensation and benefit expense totaled $165.0 million, compared to $146.1 million in the comparable 2010 period. The 12.9 percent increase in gross compensation and benefits expense is primarily attributable to an increase in our salaried employees and an $11.3 million increase in incentive compensation accruals during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2010 which included a $3.6 million reversal of a prior year incentive compensation accrual. Our full-time equivalent non-commissioned salaried employees increased by 71 employees from September 30, 2010 to a total of 2,993 at September 30, 2011.

Commissions

Three months. Commission expense, which is a variable cost associated with loan originations, totaled $10.6 million, equal to 15 basis points (0.15 percent) of total loan originations during the three months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to $11.0 million, equal to 14 basis points (0.14 percent) of total loan originations in the comparable 2010 period. The decrease in commissions was primarily due to the 7.0 percent decrease in loan originations for the three months ended September 30, 2011. Loan originations decreased to $7.2 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2011 from $7.6 billion for the comparable period in 2010.

 

71


Table of Contents

Nine months. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 commission expense totaled $25.6 million, equal to 15 basis points (0.15 percent) of total loan originations, compared to $26.1 million, equal to 15 basis points (0.15 percent) of total loan originations in the comparable 2010 period. The 1.6 percent decrease in commissions is primarily due to the 3.7 percent decrease in loan originations during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Loan originations decreased to $16.9 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 from $17.4 billion in the comparable period in 2010.

Asset resolution

Asset resolution expenses consist of foreclosure and other disposition and carrying costs, loss provisions, and gains and losses on the sale of REO properties that we have obtained through foreclosure or other proceedings. On June 30, 2011, we implemented a reclassification in the financial reporting application of amounts due from FHA relating to the servicing of delinquent FHA loans to recognize the accrued credit from FHA as interest income. Previously, income from FHA was applied as an offset to non-interest expense (i.e. asset resolution expense) relating to the servicing of delinquent FHA loans, and recorded on a net basis as asset resolution expense. The impact of the reclassification on the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, was an increase in net interest income of $10.1 million and $23.3 million, respectively, and a corresponding increase to asset resolution expense. The discussion immediately below relates to the changes in asset resolution expense on a post-reclassification basis.

Three months. Asset resolution expense decreased $9.8 million to $34.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $44.3 million in the comparable period in 2010. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in provision for REO loss, which decreased from $28.3 million to $14.0 million, a decrease of $13.0 million, net of any gain on REO and recovery of related debt which totaled $1.3 million. The $13.0 million decrease in provision for REO loss, of any gain on REO and recovery of related debt, was partially offset by an increase of $3.2 million in foreclosure and additional repurchase expenses which totaled $24.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $20.8 million for the same period in 2010.

Nine months. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, asset resolution expense decreased $23.7 million to $95.9 million compared to $119.6 million in the comparable period in 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in provision for REO loss, which decreased $38.8 million from $73.4 million to $38.6 million, net of any gain on REO and recovery of related debt which totaled $4.0 million. The $38.8 million decrease in provision for REO loss, net of any gain on REO and recovery of related debt, was partially offset by an increase of $51.1 million in foreclosure and additional repurchase expenses which totaled $66.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $51.7 million for the same period in 2010.

Federal insurance premiums

Three months. Our FDIC insurance expense was $10.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to $8.5 million for the same period in 2010. The increase was largely due to an increase in our assessment base due to a change in how the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance is now determined as required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. After March 31, 2011, our assessment base for deposit insurance was calculated based on our average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity during the assessment period, as opposed to our average reported deposits.

Nine months. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 our FDIC insurance premiums were $30.2 million, compared to $29.2 million for the same period in 2010.

Warrant income

Three months. Warrant income increased $2.8 million for the three month period ended September 30, 2011, which resulted in income of $4.2 million, compared to an income of $1.4 million during the same period in 2010.

Nine months. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 warrant income increased $3.3 million, which resulted in income of $7.0 million, compared to income of $3.7 million during the same period in 2010. In November of 2010, 5.5 million shares additional warrants were issued to certain investors of the May 2008 private placement in full satisfaction of obligations under anti-dilution provisions applicable to such investors. At September 30, 2011, total warrants stood at 6.9 million shares and were fair valued at $2.3 million, compared to $9.3 million at December 31, 2010. At September 30, 2010, the net total of warrants stood at 1.4 million shares and the valuation of warrants decreased to $1.4 million from $5.1 million at December 31, 2009. The overall increase in warrant income is attributable to the issuance of additional warrants, offset by the decline in market price of our common stock since September 30, 2010.

 

72


Table of Contents

General and administrative

Three months. General and administrative expense decreased $7.0 million, to $26.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 from $33.6 million, which includes the $11.9 million loss on the extinguishment of debt, for the three months ended September 30, 2010. The loss on extinguishment of debt was due to the prepayment penalty related to the early retirement of $250.0 million in FHLB advances. Excluding the 2010 loss on the extinguishment of debt, the net period over period change would be an increase of $4.8 million.

The increase was primarily due to a $4.7 million dollar increase in commercial lines of credit expense for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to no expense for the three months ended September 30, 2010.

Our outside consulting, audit and legal expenses increased 64.7 percent or $2.1 million from $3.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to $5.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010.

Residential loan expenses increased 61.7 percent or $1.6 million to $4.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $2.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010. Advertising expense decreased $2.2 million from $3.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 to $1.2 million for the comparable period in 2011.

Nine months. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 general and administrative expense decreased $12.7 million, to $67.1 million from $79.8 million, which includes the $20.8 million loss on the extinguishment of debt, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The $20.8 million loss on the extinguishment of debt for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, was primarily due to the prepayment penalties related to the early retirement of $500.0 million in FHLB advances. Excluding the 2010 loss on the extinguishment of debt, the net period over period change would be an increase of $8.1 million.

The decrease is largely due to the $5.2 increase in commercial loan expenses which includes an increase in commercial lines of credit expense to $4.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, from $0.8 million income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Residential loan expenses increased $4.0 million to $8.8 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2011 from $4.8 million for the comparable period in 2010. The increase was largely due to a $4.7 million change in loss mitigation administrative expense from $4.2 million in income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to an expense of $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

In addition, our outside consulting, audit and legal expenses increased 46.1 percent, an increase of $4.7 million from $10.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to $15.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

The overall increase in general and administrative expense was offset in part by a 12.8 percent decrease or $1.4 million decrease in loan documentation expenses of $9.8 million for the period ended September 30, 2011, compared to $11.2 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010.

 

73


Table of Contents

Provision (Benefit) for Federal Income Taxes

For the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2011, our provision (benefit) for federal income taxes as a percentage of pretax loss was 2.9 percent and 0.7 percent, respectively. For the comparable 2010 periods, we recorded no provision (benefit) for federal income taxes. For each period, the provision (benefit) for federal income taxes varies from statutory rates primarily because of an addition to our valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets.

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Under this pronouncement, deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. In addition, a deferred tax asset is recorded for net operating loss carry forwards and unused tax credits. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

We periodically review the carrying amount of our deferred tax assets to determine if the establishment of a valuation allowance is necessary. If based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a deferred tax valuation allowance would be established. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets.

In evaluating this available evidence, we consider historical financial performance, expectation of future earnings, the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid, length of statutory carry forward periods, experience with operating loss and tax credit carry forwards not expiring unused, tax planning strategies and timing of reversals of temporary differences. Significant judgment is required in assessing future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. Our evaluation is based on current tax laws as well as our expectations of future performance.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, we recorded a $370.2 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2011. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Analysis of Items on Statements of Financial Condition

Assets

Interest-earning deposits

Interest-earning deposits, on which we earn a minimal interest rate (25 basis points), decreased $54.0 million to $839.5 million at September 30, 2011. The decrease compared to December 31, 2010, was primarily due to a redeployment of interest-earning deposits into loan originations. Our interest-earning deposits allow the flexibility to fund our on-going initiatives to increase commercial and specialty lending, as well as other mortgage related initiatives.

Securities classified as trading

Securities classified as trading are comprised of U.S. Treasury bonds. Changes to the fair value of trading securities are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. At September 30, 2011 there were $312.8 million in U.S. Treasury bonds in trading, compared to $160.8 million in U.S. Treasury bonds at December 31, 2010. U.S. Treasury bonds held in trading are used as an offset against changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio, however, these securities do not qualify as an accounting hedge as defined in U.S. GAAP. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Securities classified as available-for-sale

Securities classified as available-for-sale, which are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, increased to $521.3 million at September 30, 2011, from $475.2 million at December 31, 2010. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

 

74


Table of Contents

Loans available-for-sale

A majority of our mortgage loans produced are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by securitizing the loans into mortgage-backed securities. At September 30, 2011, we held loans available-for-sale of $2.1 billion, which was a decrease of $504.3 million from $2.6 billion held at December 31, 2010. Loan origination is typically inversely related to the level of long-term interest rates. As long-term rates decrease, we tend to originate an increasing number of mortgage loans. A significant amount of the loan origination activity during periods of falling interest rates is derived from refinancing of existing mortgage loans. Conversely, during periods of increasing long-term rates, loan originations tend to decrease. The decrease in the balance of loans available-for-sale was principally attributable to the timing of loan sales. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the Company sold $80.3 million of non-performing residential first mortgage loans in the available-for-sale category at a sale price which approximated carrying value. For further information on our loans available-for-sale, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Loans repurchased with government guarantees

Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, we have the unilateral option to repurchase certain delinquent loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools, if the loans meet defined criteria. As a result of this unilateral option, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, we must treat the loans as having been repurchased and recognize the loans on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and also recognize a corresponding deemed liability for a similar amount. If the loans are actually repurchased, we eliminate the corresponding liability. At September 30, 2011, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.7 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which we have not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $108.6 million and were classified as loans available-for-sale.

At December 31, 2010, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.7 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which we have not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $112.0 million and were classified as loans available-for-sale. The loans repurchased with government guarantees remained relatively stable from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011.

Substantially all of these loans continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA and the Company’s management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. On average, claims have historically been filed and paid within approximately 18 months from the date of the initial delinquency, however, increasing volumes throughout the country, as well as changes in the foreclosure process in states throughout the country and other forms of government intervention may result in changes to the historical norm. These repurchased loans earn interest at a statutory rate, which varies for each loan, but is based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the loan becomes 90 days delinquent. This interest is recorded as interest income and the related claims settlement expenses are recorded in asset resolution expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Loans held-for-investment

Our largest category of earning assets consists of loans held-for-investment. Loans held-for-investment consist of residential first mortgage loans that are not held for resale (usually shorter duration and adjustable rate loans and second mortgages), other consumer loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, warehouse loans to other mortgage lenders, and various types of commercial loans such as business lines of credit, working capital loans and equipment loans and leases. Loans held-for-investment increased from $6.3 billion at December 31, 2010, to $6.8 billion at September 30, 2011 primarily due to warehouse loans increasing 38.1 percent at September 30, 2011, compared to December 31, 2010, as a result of the loan origination volume. Commercial and industrial loans increased $225.2 million to $234.1 million at September 30, 2011 from $8.9 million at December 30, 2010. Commercial lease financing increased to $42.5 million as compared to December 31, 2010. Residential first mortgage loans held-for-investment increased $42.7 million to $3.8 billion, offset by decreases of $38.5 million in HELOC loans to $232.8 million and $28.3 million second mortgage loans to $146.5 million, from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011. For information relating to the concentration of credit of our loans held for investment, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement and Supplementary Data, herein.

 

75


Table of Contents

Quality of Earning Assets

The following table sets forth certain information about our non-performing assets as of the end of each of the last five quarters.

NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND ASSETS

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     September 30,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    September 30,
2010
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-performing loans (1)

   $ 444,887      $ 403,381      $ 368,152      $ 318,416      $ 911,372   

Real estate and other non-performing assets, net (1)

     113,365        110,050        178,774        179,557        229,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing assets held-for-investment, net

     558,252        513,431        546,926        497,973        1,141,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans available-for-sale

     3,331        5,341        6,598        94,889        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets including loans available-for-sale

   $ 561,583      $ 518,773      $ 553,524      $ 592,862      $ 1,141,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets

     4.09     4.10     4.26     4.35     8.25

Ratio of non-performing loans held for investment to loans held-for-investment (1)

     6.52     6.75     6.39     5.05     12.46

Ratio of allowance to non-performing loans held for investment

     63.4     67.9     73.6     86.1     52.0

Ratio of allowance to loans held-for-investment

     4.13     4.59     4.70     4.35     6.48

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans held-for- investment (2)

     0.46     0.79     0.54     1.44     1.48

 

(1) During the second quarter of 2011, approximately $30 million was reclassified from real estate and other non-performing assets to non- performing loans. This was related to the classifications described in Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement and Supplemental Data, herein. Excluding this reclassification, the ratio of non-performing loans held for investment to total loans held-for-investment would have been 6.28 percent at June 30, 2011.
(2) At December 31, 2010, net charge-off to average loans held-for-investment ratio was 6.26 percent, including the loss recorded on the non-performing loan sale.

The following table provides the activity for non-performing commercial assets, which includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.

 

     For the Three Months Ended     For the Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,
2011
    September 30,
2010
    September 30,
2011
    September 30,
2010
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 156,252      $ 420,752      $ 253,934      $ 440,948   

Additions

     10,612        32,897        74,509        152,862   

Returned to performing

     (403     (24,517     (19,104     (78,439

Principal payments

     (3,752     (8,626     (14,399     (22,074

Sales

     (12,088     (21,526     (94,568     (38,581

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

     (9,944     (57,631     (54,057     (97,227

Valuation write-downs

     (2,250     (14,038     (7,888     (30,178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 138,427      $ 327,311      $ 138,427      $ 327,311   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Delinquent loans held-for-investment. Loans are considered to be delinquent when any payment of principal or interest is past due. While it is the goal of management to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with a delinquent borrower, we will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our procedures regarding delinquent loans are designed to assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations. We customarily mail several notices of past due payments to the borrower within 30 days after the due date and late charges are assessed in accordance with certain parameters. Our collection department makes telephone or personal contact with borrowers after a 30-day delinquency. In certain cases, we recommend that the borrower seek credit-counseling assistance and may grant forbearance if it is determined that the borrower is likely to correct a loan delinquency within a reasonable period of time. We cease the accrual of interest on loans that we classify as “non-performing” because they are more than 90 days delinquent or earlier when concerns exist as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest. Such interest is recognized as income only when it is actually collected.

 

76


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2011, we had $606.4 million loans held-for-investment that was determined to be delinquent. Of those delinquent loans, $444.9 million of loans were non-performing held-for-investment, of which $341.1 million, or 76.7 percent, were single-family residential first mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010, $505.6 million in loans were determined to be delinquent, of which $318.4 million of loans were non-performing, and of which $130.4 million or 41.0 percent were single-family residential first mortgage loans. At September 30, 2011, non-performing loans available-for-sale totaled $3.3 million, compared to $94.9 million at December 31, 2010. The $91.6 million decrease from December 31, 2010 to September 30, 2011 in non-performing loans available-for-sale, was primarily due to the sale of $80.3 million of non-performing residential first mortgage loans at a sale price which approximated carrying value in 2011.

Residential first mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2011, non-performing residential first mortgages increased to $341.1 million, up $221.2 million or $184.5 percent, from $119.9 million at December 31, 2010. This increase reflects the significantly lower amount of non-performing residential first mortgage loans immediately following the disposition $474 million of non-performing loans during the fourth quarter of 2010. At September 30, 2011, residential first mortgage loans performing and not reported delinquent within the last 36 months were $2.2 billion, or 56.4 percent of total residential first mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010, residential first mortgage loans performing and not reported delinquent within the last 36 months were $2.3 billion, or 61.5 percent of total residential first mortgage loans. Although our portfolio is diversified throughout the United States, the largest concentrations of loans are in California, Florida and Michigan. Each of those real estate markets has experienced steep declines in real estate values beginning in 2007 and continuing through 2010 and 2011. Net charge-offs within the residential first mortgage portfolio totaled $20.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to $112.0 million for the comparable period in 2010. This reduction in net charge-offs is due to the sale or transfer to available-for-sale of substantially all of the non-performing residential first mortgages in the fourth quarter of 2010. Management expects the lower level of net charge-offs to continue for the remainder of 2011.

Commercial real estate loans. The commercial real estate portfolio experienced some deterioration in credit beginning in mid-2007 primarily in the commercial land residential development loans. Credit deterioration in this segment has slowed in 2010 and 2011. Non-performing commercial real estate loans have decreased to 7.3 percent of the portfolio at September 30, 2011 down from 14.1 percent as of December 31, 2010. Net charge-offs within the commercial real estate portfolio totaled $53.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 a decrease from $96.3 million for comparable period in 2010.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled debt restructures (“TDRs”) are modified loans in which a concession is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Our ongoing loan modification efforts to assist homeowners and other borrowers continued to increase our overall level of TDRs. In particular, non-performing TDRs were 37.0 percent of total non-performing loans.

TDRs can be classified as either performing or non-performing. Non-performing TDRs are included in non-accrual loans and performing TDRs are excluded from non-accrual loans because it is probable that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected. At September 30, 2011, TDRs included in non-performing loans were $164.8 million compared to $124.5 million as of December 31, 2010. Within consumer non-performing loans, residential first mortgage TDRs were 39.9 percent of residential first mortgage non-performing loans at September 30, 2011, compared to 41.0 percent at December 31, 2010. The level of modifications that were determined to be TDRs in these portfolios is expected to result in elevated non-performing loan levels for longer periods, because TDRs remain in non-performing status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms, or ultimate resolution occurs. TDRs primarily reflect our loss mitigation efforts to proactively work with borrowers having difficulty making their payments.

 

     TDRs  
     Performing      Non-performing      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
September 30, 2011         

Consumer loans (1)

   $ 492,486       $ 137,942       $ 630,428   

Commercial loans (2)

     21,318         26,861         48,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 513,804       $ 164,803       $ 678,607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

        

Consumer loans (1)

   $ 579,611       $ 51,391       $ 631,002   

Commercial loans (2)

     25,488         73,144         98,632   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

   $ 605,099       $ 124,535       $ 729,634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, construction, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer TDR loans. The allowance for loan losses on consumer loans totaled $70.7 million and $55.4 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
(2) Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and commercial lease financing loans. The allowance for loan losses on commercial TDR loans totaled $9.0 million and $23.1 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

77


Table of Contents

Total TDRs decreased $51.0 million, or 7.0 percent, at September 30, 2011 to $678.6 million from December 31, 2010. Of this total, non-performing TDRs totaled $164.8 million, which represents approximately 37.0 percent of total non-performing loans. TDRs that have returned to performing (accrual) status are excluded from non-performing loans. These loans have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the modified terms. These TDRs decreased $91.3 million, or 15.1 percent, at September 30, 2011 to $513.8 million, compared to December 31, 2010.

All TDR classes within the consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered re-defaulted if greater than 90 days past due. The following tables provides the number of accounts that were re-defaulted during the period and percentage of vintage re-defaulted TDR loans that were greater than 90 days past due as of six months, nine months and twelve months after the modification date.

 

     Six Months      Nine Months      Twelve Months  
      % of Vintage
Re-defaulted
    Number of Accounts
Re-defaulted
     % of Vintage
Re-defaulted
    Number of Accounts
Re-defaulted
     % of Vintage
Re-defaulted
    Number of Accounts
Re-defaulted
 
September 30, 2011    (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential first mortgage

              

First Quarter 2011

     18.6     18         —       —           —       —     

Fourth Quarter 2010

     12.4     18         17.9     26         —       —     

Third Quarter 2010

     13.7     26         16.3     31         20.0     38   

Second Quarter 2010

     9.3     21         14.6     33         19.9     45   

First Quarter 2010

     —       —           1.8     3         6.7     11   

Prior to 2010

     1.5     12         2.0     16         1.7     14   

Second mortgage

              

First Quarter 2011

     —       —           —       —           —       —     

Fourth Quarter 2010

     —       —           12.5     1         —       —     

Third Quarter 2010

     —       —           —       —           —       —     

Second Quarter 2010

     —       —           —       —           —       —     

First Quarter 2010

     —       —           —       —           —       —     

Prior to 2010

     1.0     1         —       —           1.9     2   

Commercial real estate

              

First Quarter 2011

     20.0     1         —       —           —       —     

Fourth Quarter 2010

     100.0     4         25.0     1         —       —     

Third Quarter 2010

     —       —           —       —           —       —     

Second Quarter 2010

     100.0     1         100.0     1         100.0     1   

First Quarter 2010

     50.0     1         50.0     1         100.0     2   

Prior to 2010

     30.0     6         20.0     4         25.0     5   

Total TDR loans

              

First Quarter 2011

     17.0     19         —       —           —       —     

Fourth Quarter 2010

     14.0     22         17.8     28         —       —     

Third Quarter 2010

     13.3     26         15.8     31         19.4     38   

Second Quarter 2010

     8.9     22         13.8     34         18.7     46   

First Quarter 2010

     0.6     1         2.2     4         7.2     13   

Prior to 2010

     2.0     19         2.1     20         2.2     21   

 

78


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding delinquent loans at the dates listed. At September 30, 2011, 77.1 percent of all delinquent loans were loans in which we had a first lien position on residential real estate.

DELINQUENT LOANS HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT

 

Days Delinquent

   September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

30 – 59 days

     

Consumer loans:

     

Residential first mortgage

   $ 84,788       $ 96,768   

Second mortgage

     2,400         3,587   

HELOC

     3,256         3,735   

Other

     874         939   

Commercial loans:

     

Commercial real estate

     13,658         28,245   

Commercial and industrial

     41         175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 30- 59 days delinquent

     105,017         133,449   

60 – 89 days

     

Consumer loans:

     

Residential first mortgage

     41,127         40,821   

Second mortgage

     2,199         1,968   

HELOC

     2,604         3,783   

Other

     93         335   

Commercial loans:

     

Commercial real estate

     10,441         6,783   

Commercial and industrial

     13         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total 60- 89 days delinquent

     56,477         53,745   

Greater than 90 days

     

Consumer loans:

     

Residential first mortgage

     341,081         119,903   

Second mortgage

     4,301         7,480   

Construction

     758         3,021   

Warehouse lending

     28         —     

HELOC

     5,916         6,713   

Other

     345         822   

Commercial loans:

     

Commercial real estate

     92,360         175,559   

Commercial and industrial

     98         4,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total greater than 90 days delinquent

     444,887         318,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total delinquent loans

   $ 606,381       $ 505,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing loans (i.e., greater than 90 days delinquent loans) as to which we have ceased accruing interest:

NON-ACCRUAL LOANS HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT

 

     At September 30, 2011  
                  As a % of     As a % of  
     Investment     Non-      Loan     Non-  
     Loan     Accrual      Specified     Accrual  
     Portfolio     Loans      Portfolio     Loans  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consumer loans:

         

Residential first mortgage

   $ 3,827,356      $ 341,081         8.9     76.8

Second mortgage

     146,501        4,301         2.9        1.0   

Construction

     758        758         100.0        0.2   

Warehouse lending

     995,663        28         —          —     

HELOC

     232,796        5,916         2.5        1.3   

Other consumer

     73,127        332         0.5        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     5,276,201        352,416         6.7        79.3   

Commercial loans:

         

Commercial real estate

     1,268,878        91,809         7.2        20.7   

Commercial and industrial

     234,148        98         —          —     

Commercial lease financing

     42,510        —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     1,545,536        91,907         5.9        20.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     6,821,737      $ 444,323         6.5     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

     (282,000       
  

 

 

        

Total loans held-for-investment, net

   $ 6,539,737          
  

 

 

        

The following table sets forth the non-performing loans (i.e., greater than 90 days delinquent loans) residential first mortgage loans by year of origination (i.e., vintage) and the total amount of unpaid principal balance loans outstanding at September 30, 2011.

RESIDENTIAL FIRST MORTGAGE LOANS

At September 30, 2011

 

Vintage

   Performing Loans      Non-Accrual Loans      Unpaid Principal
Balance (1)
 

Pre-2003

   $ 88,758       $ 5,173       $ 93,931   

2003

     241,054         9,748         250,802   

2004

     678,476         27,076         705,552   

2005

     690,792         44,182         734,974   

2006

     334,001         42,498         376,499   

2007

     1,069,764         156,296         1,226,060   

2008

     81,486         43,768         125,254   

2009

     59,353         11,508         70,861   

2010

     25,727         832         26,559   

2011

     183,301         —           183,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 3,452,712       $ 341,081         3,793,793   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net deferred fees and other

  

        33,563   
        

 

 

 

Total residential first mortgage loans

  

      $ 3,827,356   
        

 

 

 

 

(1) Unpaid principal balance does not include net deferred fees, premiums or discounts, and other.

 

80


Table of Contents

Asset sale. On November 15, 2010, we sold $474.0 million of non-performing residential first mortgage loans and transferred $104.2 million of additional non-performing residential first mortgage loans to the available-for-sale category. The sale and the adjustment to market value on the transfer resulted in a $176.5 million loss which has been reflected as an increase in the provision for loan losses. During the first quarter 2011, we sold $80.3 million of the $104.2 million non-performing residential first mortgage loans in the available-for-sale category at a sale price which approximated carrying value. During the second quarter 2011, we sold $68.1 million of non-performing commercial real estate assets, which resulted in a $0.6 million gain included in net gain on sale of assets. During the third quarter 2011, we sold $15.4 million of non-performing commercial real estate loans at a sale price which resulted in a $0.1 million gain included in net gain on sale of assets.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses in our loans held-for-investment portfolio as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The allowance provides for probable losses that have been identified with specific customer relationships and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified.

We perform a detailed credit quality review at least annually on large commercial loans as well as on selected other smaller balance commercial loans. Commercial and commercial real estate loans that are determined to be substandard and certain delinquent residential first mortgage loans that exceed $1.0 million are treated as impaired and are individually evaluated to determine the necessity of a reserve. Accounting standards require a reserve to be established as a component of the allowance for loan losses when it is probable all amounts due will not be collected pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan and the recorded investment in the loan exceeds its fair value. Fair value is measured using either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, reduced by estimated disposal costs. In estimating the fair value of collateral, we utilize outside fee-based appraisers to evaluate various factors such as occupancy and rental rates in our real estate markets and the level of obsolescence that may exist on assets acquired from commercial business loans.

A portion of the allowance is also allocated to the remaining classified commercial loans by applying projected loss ratios, based on numerous factors identified below, to the loans within the different risk ratings.

Additionally, management has sub-divided the homogeneous portfolios, including consumer and residential first mortgage loans, into categories that have exhibited a greater loss exposure such as delinquent and modified loans. The portion of the allowance allocated to other consumer and residential mortgage loans is determined by applying projected loss ratios to various segments of the loan portfolio. Projected loss ratios incorporate factors such as recent charge-off experience, current economic conditions and trends, and trends with respect to past due and non-accrual amounts.

Our assessments of loss exposure from the homogeneous risk pools discussed above are based upon consideration of the historical loss rates associated with those pools of loans. Such loans are included within residential first mortgage loans, as to which we establish a reserve based on a number of factors, such as days past due, delinquency and severity rates in the portfolio, loan-to-value ratios based on most recently available appraisals or broker price opinions, and availability of mortgage insurance or government guarantees. The severity rates used in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses are indicative of, and thereby inclusive of consideration of, declining collateral values.

As the process for determining the adequacy of the allowance requires subjective and complex judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses. In estimating the amount of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio various assumptions are made. For example, when assessing the condition of the overall economic environment assumptions are made regarding current economic trends and their impact on the loan portfolio. If the anticipated recovery is not as strong or timely as management’s expectations, it may affect the estimate of the allowance for loan losses. For impaired loans that are collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral may deviate significantly from the net proceeds received when the collateral is sold.

Management maintains an unallocated allowance to recognize the uncertainty and imprecision underlying the process of estimating expected loan losses for the entire loan portfolio. Determination of the probable losses inherent in the portfolio, which is not necessarily captured by the allocation methodology discussed above, involves the exercise of judgment. In addition, the OCC, as part of its supervisory function, periodically reviews our allowance for loan losses. The OCC may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or to recognize further losses, based on its judgment, which may be different from that of our management. The results of such reviews could have an effect on the Bank’s loan classifications and allowances.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses was $282.0 million and $274.0 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans decreased to 63.4 percent from 86.1 percent at December 31, 2010. A portion of the decrease was driven by higher non-performing loan balances. In addition, a mix of the loans held-for-investment portfolio is changing to reflect a higher percentage of newly originated loans with better credit characteristics. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of investment loans decreased to 4.13 percent as of September 30, 2011 from 4.35 percent as of December 31, 2010.

The following tables set forth certain information regarding the allocation of our allowance for loan losses to each loan category.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

     At September 30, 2011  
     Investment
Loan
Portfolio
     Percent
of
Portfolio
    Allowance
Amount
     Percentage to
Total
Allowance
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Consumer loans:

          

Residential first mortgage

   $ 3,827,356         56.2   $ 155,829         55.3

Second mortgage

     146,501         2.1        18,236         6.5   

Construction

     758         —          202         0.1   

Warehouse lending

     995,663         14.6        1,823         0.6   

HELOC

     232,796         3.4        14,681         5.2   

Other

     73,127         1.1        1,985         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     5,276,201         77.4        192,756         68.4   

Commercial loans:

          

Commercial real estate

     1,268,878         18.6        85,130         30.2   

Commercial and industrial

     234,148         3.4        3,804         1.3   

Commercial lease financing

     42,510         0.6        310         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     1,545,536         22.6        89,244         31.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer and commercial loans

   $ 6,821,737         100.0   $ 282,000         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The allowance for loan losses is considered adequate based upon management’s assessment of relevant factors, including the types and amounts of non-performing loans, historical and current loss experience on such types of loans, and the current economic environment.

Allowance for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The liability for credit losses inherent in lending-related commitments, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. We establish the amount of this reserve by considering both historical trends and current market conditions quarterly, or more often if deemed necessary. Our liability for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments increased by $4.3 million from December 31, 2010, to $8.0 million at September 30, 2011. When combined with our allowance for loan and lease losses, our total allowance for credit losses represented 4.25 percent of loans at September 30, 2011, compared to 4.40 percent at December 31, 2010.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table shows the activity in the allowance for credit losses (include both allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments) during the indicated periods:

ACTIVITY WITHIN THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

     For the Three Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (Dollars in thousands)  
Allowance for Loan Losses:         

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 274,000      $ 530,000      $ 274,000      $ 524,000   

Provision charged to operations

     36,690        51,399        113,383        200,978   

Charge-offs

     (31,259     (109,838     (112,643     (257,486

Recoveries

     2,569        2,439        7,260        6,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 282,000      $ 474,000      $ 282,000      $ 474,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments:

        

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 3,300      $ 3,750      $ 3,750      $ 4,500   

Provision charged to operations

     4,700        —          4,250        (750

Charge-offs

     —          —          —          —     

Recoveries

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 8,000      $ 3,750      $ 8,000      $ 3,750   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing loans (i.e., greater than 90 days delinquent loans) at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

      September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 

Non-performing loans

   (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans secured by real estate

     

Consumer loans:

     

Home loans – secured by first lien

   $ 341,081       $ 119,903   

Home loans – secured by second lien

     4,301         7,480   

Home equity lines of credit

     5,916         6,713   

Construction – residential

     758         3,021   

Warehouse lending

     28         —     

Commercial loans:

     

Commercial real estate

     92,360         175,559   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans secured by real estate

     444,444         312,676   

Consumer loans:

     

Other consumer

     345         822   

Commercial loans:

     

Commercial and industrial

     98         4,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans held in portfolio

   $ 444,887       $ 318,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In response to increasing rates of delinquency and steeply declining market values, management implemented a program to modify the terms of existing loans in an effort to mitigate losses and keep borrowers in their homes. These modification programs began in the latter months of 2009 and increased substantially in 2010 and 2011. As of September 30, 2011, we had $678.6 million in restructured loans in the loans held-for-investment portfolio, of which $164.8 million were included in non-performing loans.

Accrued interest receivable

Accrued interest receivable increased from $83.9 million at December 31, 2010 to $100.4 million at September 30, 2011. Our total earning assets increased $219.2 million to $12.0 billion at September 30, 2011, compared to $11.8 billion at December 31, 2010. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, $1.6 million of accrued interest on non-performing loans was charged off. We typically collect interest in the month following the month in which it is earned.

 

83


Table of Contents

Repossessed assets

Real property we acquire as a result of the foreclosure process is classified as real estate owned until it is sold. It is transferred from the loans held-for-investment portfolio at the lower of cost or market value, less disposal costs. Management decides whether to rehabilitate the property or sell it “as is” and whether to list the property with a broker. At September 30, 2011, repossessed assets totaled $113.4 million, compared to $151.1 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to the $30.9 million sales of real estate owned in the commercial real estate portfolio.

Recently, increased attention has been placed in the mortgage banking industry’s documentation and review associated with foreclosure processes. We believe our foreclosure processes follow established safeguards and industry-leading practices, including review and implementation changes as required by agency, state and local guidelines. We routinely review our policies and procedures to reconfirm the foreclosure asset quality.

The following schedule provides the activity for repossessed assets during each of the past five quarters:

Net Repossessed Asset Activity

 

     Three Months Ended  
     September 30,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    September 30,
2010
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 110,050      $ 146,372      $ 151,085      $ 98,585      $ 198,230   

Additions

     21,312        16,229        24,976        17,535        55,522   

Disposals

     (17,997     (52,551     (29,689     (65,035     (55,167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 113,365      $ 110,050      $ 146,372      $ 151,085      $ 198,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FHLB stock

At September 30, 2011, holdings of FHLB stock decreased $35.5 million to $301.7 million from $337.2 at December 31, 2010. Once purchased, FHLB shares must be held for five years before they can be redeemed. As a member of the FHLB, we are required to hold shares of FHLB stock in an amount equal to at least 1.0 percent of aggregate unpaid principal balance of our mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 5.0 percent of our FHLB advances, whichever is greater. The $35.5 million decrease was due to a repurchase of 354,535 shares, $100 par value, of excess stock by the FHLB.

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, totaled $250.7 million at September 30, 2011, an increase of $18.5 million, or 8.0 percent from $232.2 million at December 31, 2010. Our investment in equipment increased due to technology upgrades.

Mortgage servicing rights

At September 30, 2011, MSRs included residential MSRs at fair value amounting to $437.3 million. At December 31, 2010, residential MSRs amounted to $580.3 million. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, we recorded additions to our residential MSRs of $153.4 million and $157.2 million, respectively, due to loan sales or securitizations. Also, during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we reduced the amount of MSRs by $87.3 million related to bulk servicing sales, $45.3 million related to loans that paid off during the period, and a decrease of $163.8 million related to the realization of expected cash flows and market driven changes, primarily as a result of decreases in mortgage loan rates that led to an expected increase in prepayment speeds. Consumer MSRs were eliminated during 2010 upon the transfer to a backup servicer pursuant to the applicable servicing agreements. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

The principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs was $56.8 billion at September 30, 2011, compared to $56.0 billion at December 31, 2010, with the increase primarily attributable to loan origination activity for 2011 partially offset by our bulk servicing sales of $9.2 billion in underlying loans.

 

84


Table of Contents

Derivatives

During the third quarter 2011, we began to write and purchase interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Customer-initiated activity represented 100.0 percent of total interest rate swap contracts at September 30, 2011. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are used primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers that enables them to manage interest rate risk exposure. Market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts generally have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

Customer-Initiated Derivative Financial Instruments

 

     Interest Rate  Contracts
(Notional Amount)
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ —     

Additions

     58,000   

Maturities/amortizations

     —     

Terminations

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

   $ 58,000   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

Deposits

Our deposits can be subdivided into four areas: retail banking, government banking, national accounts and company controlled deposits. Retail deposit accounts increased $120.2 million, or 2.2 percent to $5.5 billion at September 30, 2011, from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2010. Saving and checking accounts totaled 35.6 percent of total retail deposits at September 30, 2011. In addition, at September 30, 2011, retail certificates of deposit totaled $3.0 billion, with an average balance of $36,900 and a weighted average cost of 1.6 percent while money market deposits totaled $556.6 million, with an average cost of 0.6 percent Overall, the retail division had an average cost of deposits of 1.1 percent at September 30, 2011 versus 1.5 percent at December 31, 2010, reflecting increases in demand, savings and money market accounts balances as the Bank emphasizes development of its core deposit base and reduces its emphasis on certificates of deposit.

We call on local governmental agencies as another source for deposit funding. Government banking deposits increased $297.2 million, or 44.8 percent, to $961.2 million at September 30, 2011, from $664.0 million at December 31, 2010. These balances fluctuate during the year as the governmental agencies collect semi-annual assessments and make necessary disbursements over the following nine-months. These deposits had a weighted average cost of 0.60 percent and 0.72 percent at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. These deposit accounts include $327.0 million of certificates of deposit with maturities typically less than one year and $598.8 million in checking and savings accounts at September 30, 2011.

In past years, our national accounts division garnered wholesale deposits through the use of investment banking firms. However, no new wholesale deposits were obtained in 2010 or thus far in 2011. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 wholesale deposit accounts decreased by $264.4 million, or 29.9 percent, to $618.9 million at September 30, 2011, from $883.3 million at December 31, 2010. These deposits had a weighted average cost of 3.0 percent at both September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Company controlled deposits arise due to our servicing of loans for others and represent the portion of the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. These deposits do not currently bear interest. Company controlled deposits decreased $22.8 million to $1.0 billion at September 30, 2011 from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2010.

We participate in the Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program, through which certain customer certificates of deposit (“CD”) are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from other participating banks. This gives customers the potential to receive FDIC insurance up to $50.0 million. At September 30, 2011, $832.9 million of total CDs were enrolled in the CDARS program, with $771.1 million originating from public entities and $65.5 million originating from retail customers. In exchange, we received reciprocal CDs from other participating banks totaling $149.1 million from public entities and $683.7 million from retail customers at September 30, 2011.

 

 

85


Table of Contents

The composition of our deposits was as follows:

 

     Deposit Portfolio  
     September 30, 2011     December 31, 2010  
            Month     Percent            Month     Percent  
            End     Of            End     Of  
     Balance      Rate (1)     Balance     Balance      Rate (1)     Balance  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Demand accounts

   $ 639,681         0.19     7.9   $ 589,926         0.26     7.4

Savings accounts

     1,317,848         0.74        16.2        1,011,512         0.90        12.7   

MMDA

     556,633         0.62        6.8        552,000         0.81        6.9   

Certificates of deposit (2)

     2,990,435         1.59        36.8        3,230,972         2.01        40.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     5,504,597         1.13        67.7        5,384,410         1.48        67.4   

Demand accounts

     96,647         0.45        1.2        78,611         0.37        1.0   

Savings accounts

     502,153         0.65        6.2        337,602         0.65        4.2   

Certificates of deposit

     362,393         0.66        4.5        247,763         0.94        3.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total government deposits (3)

     961,193         0.63        11.9        663,976         0.72        8.3   

National accounts

     618,871         3.04        7.6        883,270         3.04        11.0   

Company controlled deposits (4)

     1,043,597         —          12.84        1,066,443         —          13.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits (5)

   $ 8,128,258         1.07     100.0   $ 7,998,099         1.40     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) This rate reflects the average rate for the deposit portfolio at the end of the noted month.
(2) The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
(3) Government accounts include funds from municipalities and schools.
(4) These accounts represent a portion of the investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by the Company in connection with loans serviced for others and that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.
(5) The aggregate amount of deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

FHLB advances

FHLB advances decreased $110.1 million, or 3.0 percent, to $3.6 billion at September 30, 2011, from $3.7 billion at December 31, 2010. We rely upon advances from the FHLB as a source of funding for the origination or purchase of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and medium-term financing. The outstanding balance of FHLB advances fluctuates from time to time depending upon our current inventory of mortgage loans available-for-sale and the availability of lower cost funding sources such as repurchase agreements.

We restructured $1.0 billion in FHLB advances during the third quarter 2011. The effect in the overall FHLB advance portfolio was an increase in the average remaining term by 2.3 years and a decrease in the weighted average interest rate by 1.4 percent.

Security repurchase agreements

In the second quarter of 2010 we prepaid our entire balance of security repurchase agreements, totaling $310.6 million. We made no new borrowings utilizing security repurchase agreements.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Securities, generally mortgage-backed securities, are pledged as collateral under these financing arrangements. The fair value of collateral provided to a party is continually monitored, and additional collateral is obtained or requested to be returned, as appropriate.

Long-term debt

As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of trust-preferred securities by our special purpose financing entities formed for the offerings. The trust preferred securities outstanding mature 30 years from issuance, are callable after five years, and pay interest quarterly. The majority of the net proceeds from these offerings has been contributed to the Bank as additional paid in capital and subject to regulatory limitations, is includable as Tier 1 regulatory capital. Under these trust preferred arrangements, we have the right to defer dividend payments to the trust preferred security holders for up to five years. Based upon recently-enacted federal banking legislation, trust preferred securities may no longer be included as part of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital issued after May 19, 2010, and existing trust preferred securities may remain includable in Tier 1 capital only if the Bank had total assets of $15.0 billion or less at December 31, 2010. On such date, the Bank had assets below that amount, and its trust preferred securities therefore should remain includable in Tier 1 capital even if the Bank’s assets subsequently increase above the $15.0 billion asset level.

 

86


Table of Contents

Accrued interest payable

Accrued interest payable decreased $4.5 million, or 34.8 percent, to $8.5 million at September 30, 2011 from $13.0 million at December 31, 2010. These amounts represent interest payments that are payable to depositors and other entities from which we borrowed funds. These balances fluctuate with the size of our interest-bearing liability portfolio and the average cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease was primarily a result of the decrease in rates on our deposit accounts. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2011, the average overall rate on our deposits decreased 93 basis points to 1.3 percent from 2.3 percent for the same period in 2010.

Secondary market reserve

We sell most of the residential first mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers , including sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers, about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. We maintain a secondary market reserve to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The secondary market reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In addition, the OCC, as part of its supervisory function, periodically reviews our secondary market reserve. The OCC may require us to increase our secondary market reserve or to recognize further losses, based on its judgment, which may be different from that of our management. The results of such reviews could have an effect on the Bank’s reserves. In each case these estimates are based on our most recent data regarding loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors increases to the secondary market reserve for current loan sales reduce our net gain on loan sales. Adjustments to our previous estimates are recorded as an increase or decrease in our other fees and charges. The amount of the secondary market reserve was $85.0 million at September 30, 2011 and $79.4 million at December 31, 2010.

A significant factor in the estimate of expected losses is the activity of the GSEs. The majority of our loan sales have been to GSEs and are a significant source of our current repurchased demands. These demands are concentrated in the 2006 through 2008 origination years. While we have an established history of GSE demands, this pattern has recently changed and is impacting our loss estimates. In assessing this new demand, we are also evaluating its impact on our contractual obligations and past repurchase practices. These factors make it difficult to assess the ultimate exposure and the potential for future change in estimates.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we increased the reserve by $5.5 million for new loan sales and $80.8 million for adjustments to previous estimates of expected losses. For the same period, we charged-off $80.7 million, net of recoveries for realized losses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we increased the reserve by $23.2 million for new loan sales and $51.2 million for adjustments to previous estimates of expected losses. For the same period, we charged-off $62.9 million, net of recoveries for realized losses.

Other liabilities

Other liabilities increased $169.7 million to $489.4 million at September 30, 2011, from $319.7 million at December 31, 2010. Other liabilities primarily consist of undisbursed payments, escrow accounts, forward agency and derivative liability and Ginnie Mae liability. The increase in other liabilities was primarily due to an $82.7 million increase in undisbursed payments on loans serviced for others liability from December 31, 2010 to $149.8 million at September 30, 2011. These amounts represent payments received from borrowers for interest, principal and related loan charges which have not been remitted to investors. Forward agency and derivative liability totaled $60.8 million and none at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Forward agency and loan sales derivative liability represents a measure of our derivatives at fair value. Escrow accounts totaled $34.5 million and $18.5 million at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Escrow accounts are maintained on behalf of mortgage customers and include funds collected for real estate taxes, homeowners insurance and other insured product liabilities. The Ginnie Mae liability totaled $108.6 million and $112.0 million at September 30, 2011 and December 30, 2010, respectively. These amounts are for certain loans sold to Ginnie Mae, as to which we have not yet repurchased, but have the unilateral right to do so. With respect to such loans sold to Ginnie Mae, a corresponding asset was included in loans available-for-sale.

 

87


Table of Contents

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our principal uses of funds include loan originations and operating expenses. At September 30, 2011, we had outstanding rate-lock commitments to lend $6.8 billion in mortgage loans, compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2010. These commitments may expire without being drawn upon and therefore, do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Total commercial and consumer unused collateralized lines of credit totaled $1.4 billion at both September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Capital. We had a loss of $120.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. On January 27, 2010, our stockholders, including MP Thrift exercised their rights to purchase 42.3 million shares of our common stock for approximately $300.6 million in a rights offering which expired on February 8, 2010. On March 31, 2010, we completed a registered offering of 57.5 million shares of common stock. The public offering price of the common stock was $5.00 per share. MP Thrift participated in this registered offering and purchased 20.0 million shares at $5.00 per shares. The offering resulted in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $276.1 million, after deducting underwriting fees and offering expenses. On May 27, 2010, our Board of Directors authorized a 1-for-10 reverse stock split immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the reverse stock split was approved by its stockholders. On April 1, 2010, MP Thrift converted $50 million of the 10 percent convertible trust preferred securities. On November 2, 2010, we completed a registered offering of 14,192,250 shares of our mandatorily convertible non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock which included 692,250 shares issued pursuant to the underwriter over-allotment option and a registered offering of 115,655,000 shares of our common stock. The public offering price of the convertible preferred stock and the common stock was $20.00 and $1.00 per share, respectively. Stockholders’ approved an amendment to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 300,000,000 shares to 700,000,000 shares, each share of convertible preferred stock was automatically converted into 20 shares of common stock, based on a conversion price of $1.00 per share of common stock. MP Thrift, participated in the registered offerings and purchased 8,884,637 shares of convertible preferred stock and 72,307,263 shares of common stock at the offering price for approximately $250.0 million. The offerings resulted in gross proceeds to us of approximately $399.5 million ($384.9 million, after deducting underwriting fees and offering expenses).

We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and during the year 2010. On February 19, 2008, our Board of Directors suspended future dividends payable on our common stock. Under the capital distribution regulations, a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must either notify or seek approval from the OCC of an association capital distribution at least 30 days prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by the Board of Directors of the proposed capital distribution. The 30-day period allows the OCC to determine whether the distribution would not be advisable. We currently must seek approval from the OCC prior to making a capital distribution from the Bank. In addition, we are prohibited from increasing dividends on our common stock above $0.05 without the consent of U.S. Treasury pursuant to the terms of the TARP.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

At September 30, 2011, the Bank was considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes, with regulatory capital ratios of 9.31 percent for Tier 1 capital and 17.64 percent for total risk-based capital.

Liquidity. Liquidity measures the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rates and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet its current financial obligations is a function of its balance sheet structure, its ability to liquidate assets, and its access to various sources of funds.

We primarily originate Agency eligible loans and therefore the majority of new loan origination is readily convertible to cash, either by selling them as part of our monthly agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to the FHLB and borrowing against them. We use the FHLB as our primary source for managing daily borrowing needs, which allows us to borrow or repay borrowings as daily cash needs require. We have been successful in increasing the amount of assets that qualify as eligible collateral at the FHLB and are continually working to add more. The most recent addition was a pool of commercial real estate loans that had been pledged to support our Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago discount window line of credit. While this shift does reduce our discount window line it is a positive move from an operational liquidity perspective since it increases the FHLB line which is actively used. Adding eligible collateral pools gives us added capacity and flexibility to manage our funding requirements.

 

88


Table of Contents

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on the amount and type of pledged collateral as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the “haircut” off the market value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no notice.

In addition to operating expenses at a particular level of mortgage originations, our cash flows are fairly predictable and relate primarily to the funding of residential first mortgages (outflows) and then the securitization and sales of those mortgages (inflows). Our warehouse lines of credit also generate cash flows as funds are extended to correspondent relationships to close new loans. Those loans are repaid when the correspondent sells the loan. Other material cash flows relate to growing our commercial lines of business and the loans we service for others (primarily the agencies) and consist primarily of principal, interest, taxes and insurance. Those monies come in over the course of the month and are paid out based on predetermined schedules. These flows are largely a function of the size of the servicing book and the volume of refinancing activity of the loans serviced. In general, monies received in one month are paid during the following month with the exception of taxes and insurance monies that are held until such are due.

As governed and defined by our internal liquidity policy, we maintain adequate liquidity levels appropriate to cover both operational and regulatory requirements. Each business day, we forecast a minimum of 30 days of daily cash needs and then several months beyond the near term horizon. This allows us to determine our projected near term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, if necessary, future activities. As a result, we would be able to make adjustments to operations as required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for additional FHLB borrowings, accelerate loans held-for-sale loan sales (agency and or private), sell loans held-for-investment or securities, borrow using repurchase agreements, reduce originations, make changes to warehouse funding facilities, or borrowing from the discount window.

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, capital resources or operations.

Borrowings. The FHLB provides credit for savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are currently authorized through a resolution of our Board of Directors to apply for advances from the FHLB using our mortgage loans as collateral. We currently have an authorized line of credit equal to $7.0 billion and we may access that line to the extent we provide collateral. At September 30, 2011, we had available collateral sufficient to access $4.6 billion of the line and had $3.6 billion of advances outstanding.

We have arrangements with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to borrow as appropriate from its discount window. The discount window is a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge commercial loans that are eligible based on Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago guidelines. At September 30, 2011, we had pledged commercial loans amounting to $71.2 million with a lendable value of $12.7 million. At December 31, 2010, we had pledged commercial loans amounting to $554.4 million with a lendable value of $300.8 million. At September 30, 2011, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

 

89


Table of Contents

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk arises from three distinctly managed mechanisms – home lending, mortgage servicing, and structural balance sheet maturity or repricing mismatches.

In our home lending operations, we are exposed to market risk in the form of interest rate risk from the time we commit to an interest rate on a mortgage loan application through the time we sell, or commit to sell, the mortgage loan. On a daily basis, we analyze various economic and market factors to project the amount of mortgage loans we expect to sell for delivery at a future date. The actual amount of loans sold will be a percentage of the amount of mortgage loans on which we have issued binding commitments (and thereby locked in the interest rate) but have not yet closed (“pipeline loans”) to actual closings. If interest rates change in an unanticipated fashion, the actual percentage of pipeline loans that close may differ from the projected percentage. A mismatch of our commitments to fund mortgage loans and our commitments to sell mortgage loans may have an adverse effect on the results of operations in any such period. For instance, a sudden increase in interest rates may cause a higher percentage of pipeline loans to close than we projected, and thereby exceed our commitments to sell that pipeline of loans. As a result, we could incur losses upon sale of these additional loans to the extent the market rate of interest is higher than the mortgage interest rate committed to by us on pipeline loans we had initially anticipated to close. To the extent that the hedging strategies utilized by us are not successful, our profitability may be adversely affected.

We also service residential first mortgages for various external parties. We receive a service fee based on the unpaid balances of servicing rights as well as ancillary income (late fees, float on payments, etc.) as compensation for performing the servicing function. An increase in mortgage prepayments, as is often associated with declining interest rates, can lead to reduced values on capitalized mortgage servicing rights and ultimately reduced loan servicing revenues. We hedge the market risk associated with mortgage servicing rights using a portfolio of U.S. Treasury note futures and options. To the extent that the hedging strategies are not effective, our profitability associated with the mortgage servicing activity may be adversely affected.

In addition to the home lending and mortgage servicing operations, our banking operations may be exposed to market risk due to differences in the timing of the maturity or repricing of assets versus liabilities, as well as the potential shift in the yield curve. This risk is evaluated and managed on a company-wide basis using a net portfolio value (“NPV”) analysis framework. The NPV analysis is intended to estimate the net sensitivity of the fair value of the assets and liabilities to sudden and significant changes in the levels of interest rates.

The following table is a summary of the changes in our NPV that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest rates. NPV is the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off-balance sheet instruments. The interest rate scenarios presented in the table include interest rates at September 30, 2011 as adjusted by instantaneous parallel rate changes upward to 300 basis points and downward to 100 basis points. The September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 scenarios are not comparable due to differences in the interest rate environments, including the absolute level of rates and the shape of the yield curve. Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment exceptions, the repricing characteristics of individual instruments or groups of similar instruments, our historical experience, and our asset and liability management strategy. Further, this analysis assumes that certain instruments would not be affected by the changes in interest rates or would be partially affected due to the characteristics of the instruments.

The analysis is based on our interest rate exposure at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010 and does not contemplate any actions that we might undertake in response to changes in market interest rates, which could impact NPV. Further, as this framework evaluates risks to the current statement of financial condition only, changes to the volumes and pricing of new business opportunities that can be expected in different interest rate outcomes are not incorporated in this analytical framework.

There are limitations inherent in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates. It is not possible to fully model the market risk in instruments with leverage, option, or prepayment risks. Also, we are affected by base basis risk, which is the difference in repricing characteristics of similar term rate indices. As such, this analysis is not intended to be a precise forecast of the effect a change in market interest rates would have on us.

While each analysis involves a static model approach to a dynamic operation, the NPV model is the preferred method. If NPV rises in an up or down interest rate scenario, that would indicate an up direction for the margin in that hypothetical rate scenario. A perfectly matched balance sheet would possess no change in the NPV, regardless of the rate scenario.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table presents the NPV in the stated interest rate scenarios (dollars in millions):

 

September 30, 2011

   

December 31, 2010

 

Scenario

   NPV      NPV%     $ Change     % Change    

Scenario

   NPV      NPV%     $ Change     % Change  

300

   $ 1,002         7.7   $ (117     (10.5 )%    300    $ 1,228         9.5   $ 132        12.1

200

     1,105         8.3        (140     (1.2   200      1,211         9.2        116        10.6   

100

     1,163         8.6        44        3.9      100      1,175         8.8        80        7.3   

Current

     1,119         8.2        —          —        Current      1,095         8.1        —          —     

(100)

     958         6.9        (161     (14.4   -100      982         7.2        (113     (10.3

The September 30, 2011 risk profile did not change significantly as compared to the risk profile at December 31, 2010. Our balance sheet is asset sensitive, suggesting that a rising interest rate environment would have a positive effect on the valuation and on our net interest income. The positive effect generally arises because the amount of assets that would be expected to re-price in the near term would exceed the amount of liabilities that could similarly re-price over the same time period because such liabilities may have longer maturities or re-pricing terms.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. A review and evaluation was performed by our principal executive and financial officers regarding the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2011 pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that review and evaluation, the principal executive and financial officers have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures, as designed and implemented, are operating effectively.

(b) Changes in Internal Controls. During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

91


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

None.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in response to Item 1A to Part I of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, except the following risk factors that update and supplement the risk factors in that report.

Changes in the composition of our assets could increase risk and potential reserves.

We have been increasing, and intend to continue to increase, our origination of commercial and industrial loans in the future, as well as to otherwise diversify our assets. The credit risk related to these types of loans and assets could be greater than the risk related to residential loans (and securities backed by such loans) and commercial real estate loans which comprise the assets in which we have invested historically. As we intend to continue to diversify our assets, it may be necessary to increase the level of our allowance for loan losses if there are perceived to be increased risk characteristics associated with these types of assets. In addition, some loans that we originate could carry larger balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers than residential loans thereby increasing our concentration risk. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses would adversely affect our earnings.

If we do not meet the NYSE continued listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted.

On August 18, 2011, we were notified by the NYSE that we did not satisfy one of the NYSE’s standards for continued listing applicable to our common stock. The NYSE noted specifically that we were “below criteria” for the NYSE’s price criteria for common stock because the average closing price of our common stock was less than $1.00 per share over a consecutive 30-trading-day period. Under the NYSE’s rules, in order to cure the deficiency for this continued listing standard, our common stock share price and the average share price over a consecutive 30-trading-day period both must exceed $1.00 within six months following receipt of the non-compliance notice. The delisting of our common stock may significantly affect the ability of investors to trade our shares and negatively affect the value and liquidity of our common stock. The delisting may have other negative results, including the potential loss of confidence by employees and the loss of institutional investor interest in our common stock and our ability to execute on our business plan. We have not yet determined the specific action or response to take in response to the NYSE’s notice. During the cure period and subject to compliance with NYSE’s other continued listing standards, we believe that our common stock will continue to be listed on the NYSE.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Sale of Unregistered Securities

The Company made no sales of unregistered securities during the quarter ended September 30, 2011.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company made no purchases of its equity securities during the quarter ended September 30, 2011.

Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities

None.

Item 4. (Removed and Reserved)

None.

Item 5. Other Information

None.

 

92


Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.    Description
2.1    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated July 26, 2011, by and among the Company, Flagstar Bank, FSB, and PNC Bank, N.A., part of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as amended by the parties on September 12, 2011 and October 27, 2011
2.2    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 15, 2011, by and among the Company, Flagstar Bank, FSB, and First Financial Bank, N.A., as amended by the parties on November 4, 2011
31.1    Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
31.2    Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
32.1    Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer
32.2    Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer
101+    Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

+ As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

93


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
    Registrant
Date: November 9, 2011       /s/ Joseph P. Campanelli
      Joseph P. Campanelli
     

Chairman of the Board, President and

Chief Executive Officer

      (Principal Executive Officer)
      /s/ Paul D. Borja
      Paul D. Borja
     

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

      (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

94


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.    Description
2.1    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated July 26, 2011, by and among the Company, Flagstar Bank, FSB, and PNC Bank, N.A., part of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., as amended by the parties on September 12, 2011 and October 27, 2011
2.2    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 15, 2011, by and among the Company, Flagstar Bank, FSB, and First Financial Bank, N.A., as amended by the parties on November 4, 2011
31.1    Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
31.2    Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
32.1    Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer
32.2    Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer
101+    Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

+ As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

95